Matthew

Matthew front

Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the book of Matthew

The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)
Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)
Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)
Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)
Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)
Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)
Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)

What is the book of Matthew about?

The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: Christ, Messiah)

How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: How to Translate Names)

Who wrote the book of Matthew?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What is the “kingdom of heaven?”

Matthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.

What were the teaching methods of Jesus?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God and disciple and parable)

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: Son of Man, son of man)

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions: * “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44) * “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13) * “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21) * “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11) * “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16) * “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)

Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 1

Matthew 1 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Indentation

Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.

Genealogy

A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Use of the passive voice

Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 1:1

of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham

Quote: Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, son means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 1:3

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram (0)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 1:5

Rahab, … Ruth

Quote: Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Rahab and Ruth are the names of women. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 1:11

the Babylonian deportation

Quote: τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Babylonian refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deportation to Babylonia” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 1:12

after the Babylonian deportation

Quote: μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Use the same wording you used in 1:11 for Babylonian. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 1:16

of Mary, by whom Jesus was born

Quote: Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

of Mary

Quote: Μαρίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Mary is the name of a woman. (See: How to Translate Names)

the one called Christ

Quote: ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 1:17

the Babylonian deportation

Quote: τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος (1)

Use the same wording you used in 1:11.

Matthew 1:18

Now the birth of Jesus Christ was thus

Quote: τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph

Quote: μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary, whose parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: Active or Passive)

before they came together

Quote: πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “before they joined in physical union” (See: Euphemism)

was found having in the womb

Quote: εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that she was going to have a baby” or “became aware that she was pregnant” (See: Active or Passive)

was found having in the womb

Quote: εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning it was discovered that she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “was found by Joseph that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: Idiom)

from the Holy Spirit

Quote: ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The power of the Holy Spirit had caused Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 1:19

Now Joseph her husband, being righteous, and not wanting to publicly disgrace her, intended to divorce her secretly

Quote: Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background

Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly, planned to quietly end their engagement.” (See: Connect — Background Information)

Matthew 1:20

But he having reflected on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared to him by way of a dream

Quote: ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous

The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time that he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: Connect — Simultaneous Time Relationship)

son of David

Quote: υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

the one having been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit

Quote: τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 1:21

for he will save his people from their sins

Quote: αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background

The phrase for he will save his people from their sins is explaining the meaning of the nameJesus. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: Connect — Background Information)

Matthew 1:22

what} was spoken by the Lord through the prophet

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

the prophet

Quote: τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Paul’s culture, saying is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation, ending the previous sentence with a period and beginning a new sentence: “He wrote” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Matthew 1:23

Immanuel

Quote: Ἐμμανουήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Immanuel is a male name. (See: How to Translate Names)

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The term Behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: Metaphor)

which is translated, “God with us

Quote: ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background

Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name Immanuel means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: Connect — Background Information)

Matthew 1:24

did as the angel of the Lord commanded him and took her {as} his wife

Quote: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Connecting Statement:

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 1:25

he did not know her

Quote: οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Matthew uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 2

Matthew 2 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“Learned men”

These were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 2:1

Now, Jesus having been born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem

Quote: τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The phrase learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem comes after Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

of Herod

Quote: Ἡρῴδου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

There was more than one man named Herod. This refers to Herod the Great. (See: How to Translate Names)

learned men from the east

Quote: μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 2:2

For we saw his star in the east and came to worship him

Quote: εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

his star

Quote: αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the star, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to worship

Quote: προσκυνῆσαι (1)

This could mean: (1) they intended to worship the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.

Matthew 2:3

all Jerusalem

Quote: πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Jerusalem refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: Metonymy)

and all Jerusalem with him

Quote: καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: Ellipsis)

all Jerusalem

Quote: πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here, all means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 2:4

he inquired from them, “Where is the Christ being born

Quote: ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 2:5

In Bethlehem of Judea

Quote: ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: Ellipsis)

thus it has been written through the prophet

Quote: οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

for thus it has been written through the prophet

Quote: οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, for thus it has been written through the prophet is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Matthew 2:6

And you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel

Quote: καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Micah was speaking to Bethlehem as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah, for from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: Apostrophe)

are by no means least among the leaders of Judah

Quote: οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes

If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning of are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: Litotes)

for from you will come out a ruling one

Quote: ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

When Matthew says for from you will come out a ruling one, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a leader will come” (See: Metonymy)

who will shepherd my people Israel

Quote: ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will shepherd my people Israel. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 2:8

And having sent them to Bethlehem, he said, “Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him

Quote: καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Herod first says having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him. and then he sent them to Bethlehem but Matthew reversed the order of these phrases. If it would be more natural in your language, you could restore the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, ‘After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: Information Structure)

Matthew 2:11

having fallen down, they worshiped him

Quote: πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In their culture, having fallen down, they worshiped him was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

their treasures

Quote: τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, their treasures refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: Metonymy)

they offered him gifts

Quote: προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 2:13

until I tell you

Quote: ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

If it would be helpful in your language, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 2:15

he was there

Quote: ἦν ἐκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were there” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

in order that might be fulfilled {what} was spoken by the Lord through the prophet

Quote: ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: Active or Passive)

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

See how you translated saying in 1:23(See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Matthew 2:16

he had been mocked by the learned men

Quote: ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: Active or Passive)

having sent forth, he killed all the male children

Quote: ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Herod sent other people to kill the children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 2:17

it was fulfilled {what} was spoken

Quote: ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how your translated this in 2:15 (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 2:18

A voice was heard

Quote: φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: Active or Passive)

weeping and great mourning

Quote: κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very strong. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: Doublet)

Rachel weeping for her children, and not willing to be comforted

Quote: Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: Metonymy)

not willing to be comforted

Quote: οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: Active or Passive)

because they are no more

Quote: ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, they are no more is a polite way of saying they are dead. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 2:20

the ones seeking the life of the child

Quote: οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, seeking the life of the child is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 2:22

Archelaus

Quote: Ἀρχέλαος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Archelaus is the name of Herod’s son. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 2:23

it might be fulfilled {what} was spoken through the prophets

Quote: πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated this in 2:15 (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 3

Matthew 3 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

John the Baptist

In this chapter, John the Baptist appears, preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus’ cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming.

“Kingdom of heaven”

“The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with “kingdom of God” from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew and is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_ta/src/branch/master/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md)

“Bear fruit worthy of repentance”

Fruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. That idea is similar to what we observe in nature, that if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, but if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear bad fruit or no fruit.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Metonymy

Matthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech.

Matthew 3:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

John the Baptist

Quote: Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptist” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants)

Matthew 3:2

the kingdom of the heavens is near

Quote: ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The phrase the kingdom of the heavens refers to God ruling as king. Here, heavens refers to the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 3:3

For this is the one spoken of through Isaiah the prophet, saying

Quote: οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one about whom Isaiah spoke when he said” (See: Active or Passive)

Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight

Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Matthew quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

A voice of one calling out in the wilderness

Quote: φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone is heard crying out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

A voice of one calling out

Quote: φωνὴ βοῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: Synecdoche)

Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight

Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Make ready the way of the Lord and make his paths straight mean almost the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: Parallelism)

Make ready the way of the Lord

Quote: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_ta/src/branch/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md)

Matthew 3:4

Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey

Quote: αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

had his clothing from the hair of a camel

Quote: εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase had his clothing from the hair of a camel means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: Idiom)

of a camel

Quote: καμήλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

If your readers would not know what a camel is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding and carrying burdens in hot, dry areas” (See: Translate Unknowns)

locusts

Quote: ἀκρίδες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

If your readers would not know what locusts are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 3:5

Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the {region} around the Jordan

Quote: Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The words Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan are metonyms for the people from those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: Metonymy)

Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the {region} around

Quote: Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The word all is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 3:6

being baptized by him

Quote: ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receiving baptism by John” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 3:7

Offspring of vipers

Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, offspring of vipers means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: Metaphor)

Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath

Quote: τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

to flee from the coming wrath

Quote: φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The phrase coming wrath is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: Personification)

Matthew 3:8

Therefore, produce fruit worthy of repentance

Quote: ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase produce fruit is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who loves God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 3:9

We have Abraham {as} father

Quote: πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

They would say We have Abraham {as} father because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

as} father

Quote: πατέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word father means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: Metaphor)

God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones

Quote: δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: Hyperbole)

children for Abraham

Quote: τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word children means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 3:10

But already the ax is set against the root of the trees. So, every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and thrown into a fire

Quote: ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: Active or Passive)

So, every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and thrown into a fire

Quote: πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire is a figurative way of describing punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 3:11

I am not worthy to carry away his sandals

Quote: οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to carry sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire

Quote: αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 3:12

whose winnowing fork {is} in his hand

Quote: οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: Metaphor)

whose winnowing fork {is} in his hand

Quote: οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, in his hand means the person is ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: Idiom)

winnowing fork

Quote: τὸ πτύον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A winnowing fork is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: Translate Unknowns)

his threshing floor

Quote: τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The threshing floor was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the valuable grain from the useless husks. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his place where he separated the grain from the chaff” (See: Translate Unknowns)

gather his wheat into the storehouse. But he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire

Quote: συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην & τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

John continues to speak, describing how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, placing a period after “floor” and deleting the word “and.”. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 3:13

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

to be baptized by him

Quote: βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 3:14

I have need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me

Quote: ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 3:15

for us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

to fulfill all righteousness

Quote: πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase to fulfill all righteousness means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 3:16

having been baptized

Quote: βαπτισθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

the heavens were opened to him

Quote: ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: Active or Passive)

the Spirit of God coming down like a dove, resting upon him

Quote: τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_ta/src/branch/master/translate/figs-simile/01.md)

Matthew 3:17

a voice from the heavens, saying

Quote: φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Matthew speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_ta/src/branch/master/translate/figs-personification/01.md)

my … Son

Quote: ὁ Υἱός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 4

Matthew 4 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The Devil

The devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God’s people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tw/src/branch/master/bible/kt/satan

.md Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Matthew 4:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Jesus was led up by the Spirit

Quote: ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

to be tempted by the devil

Quote: πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 4:2

40 days and 40 nights

Quote: ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: Numbers)

40 days and 40 nights

Quote: ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Matthew uses 40 days and 40 nights to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: Merism)

Matthew 4:3

If you are the Son of God, speak so that these stones might become loaves

Quote: εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

the Son of God

Quote: Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 4:4

It is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

It is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

In Matthew’s culture, it is written is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Man will not live on bread alone

Quote: οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)

This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”

Man

Quote: ὁ ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

but

Quote: ἀλλ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but also” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

every word coming through the mouth of God

Quote: παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The metaphor coming from the mouth of God refers to everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth from which words would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 4:6

the Son of God

Quote: Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

throw yourself down

Quote: βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Satan tells Jesus to throw yourself down, he means that Jesus should throw himself from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

for it is written

Quote: γέγραπται γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has written in his word” (See: Active or Passive)

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on 4:4 for how you translated this phrase (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

They will lift you up in their hands

Quote: ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to throw himself down. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 4:7

Again it is written

Quote: πάλιν γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the Scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

You will not test

Quote: οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, You refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Matthew 4:8

and their glory

Quote: καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, their glory is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possess” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 4:9

All these things I will give you

Quote: ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

if having fallen down

Quote: ἐὰν πεσὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 4:10

For it is written

Quote: γέγραπται γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the Scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

You will worship … you will serve

Quote: προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, You refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall worship … each person shall serve” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Matthew 4:12

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: Background Information)

John had been arrested

Quote: Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 4:13

in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali

Quote: ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The words Zebulun and Naphtali are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier, before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 4:14

what was spoken

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 4:15

The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, … Galilee of the Gentiles

Quote: γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: Synecdoche)

the} way of the sea

Quote: ὁδὸν θαλάσσης (1)

The phrase the way of the sea could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.

Matthew 4:16

the people sitting in darkness

Quote: ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the people being referred to are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light, … in the region and shadow of death, … a light

Quote: ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα & ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, darkness and region and shadow of death are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And light is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: Metaphor)

sitting … to the ones sitting

Quote: ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, sitting is a metaphor for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” (See: Metaphor)

to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen

Quote: τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The latter part of the sentence, and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen, has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the two parts of the verse into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: Parallelism)

Matthew 4:17

the kingdom of the heavens has come near

Quote: ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 3:2 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 4:18

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

casting a net into the sea

Quote: βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

They were casting a net in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

casting a net

Quote: βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: Translate Unknowns)

for they were fishermen

Quote: ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background

Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “They were doing this because they earned their living by catching fish” (See: Connect — Background Information)

Matthew 4:19

Come after me

Quote: δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Come after me is an idiom meaning to follow the speaker and be their student. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: Idiom)

I will make you fishers of men

Quote: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

I will make you fishers of men means Jesus will cause Simon and Andrew to teach people God’s true message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 4:21

he called them

Quote: ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, he called them is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 4:23

preaching the gospel of the kingdom

Quote: κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, kingdom refers to God’s reign as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: Metonymy)

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The words disease and sickness are used here to cover every form of illness which someone might have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of illness” (See: Merism)

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here, every here is an exaggeration, and it does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 4:24

being possessed by demons

Quote: δαιμονιζομένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: Active or Passive)

the news of him went out into all Syria

Quote: ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

News itself can not go out, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: Personification)

they brought to him all the ones … sickness

Quote: προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here, all the ones having sickness is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: Hyperbole)

the epileptic

Quote: σεληνιαζομένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: Translate Unknowns)

and the paralytic

Quote: καὶ παραλυτικούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A person who is a paralytic is someone who is not able to use or control a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 4:25

Decapolis

Quote: Δεκαπόλεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 5

Matthew 5 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.

Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“His disciples”

It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected 12 of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples” or “the Twelve.” They would later become known as the apostles.

Generic Noun Phrases

In this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

The Law

Many times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say.” Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

You singular and you plural

In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural form here. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 5:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

Matthew 5:2

having opened his mouth

Quote: ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, having opened his mouth is an idiom meaning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 5:3

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase Blessed {are} indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: Idiom)

the poor

Quote: οἱ πτωχοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”(See: Nominal Adjectives)

the poor in spirit

Quote: οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “the people who are poor in spirit” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

the poor in spirit

Quote: οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase poor in spirit refers to someone who is in need of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: Idiom)

for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:4

Blessed {are

Quote: μακάριοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See the note in the previous verse. (See: Idiom)

the ones mourning

Quote: οἱ πενθοῦντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

they will be comforted

Quote: αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:5

the meek

Quote: οἱ πραεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective meek as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 5:6

the ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness

Quote: οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase hungering and thirsting for righteousness describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desires a person can have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: Metaphor)

they will be fed

Quote: αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:8

the pure in heart

Quote: οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, pure in heart is an idiom for a person’s good intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: Idiom)

the pure in heart

Quote: οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See the note in 5:3. Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

they will see God

Quote: αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, they will see God means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 5:9

for they will be called sons of God

Quote: ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:10

the ones persecuted

Quote: οἱ δεδιωγμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: Active or Passive)

theirs is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 5:3 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:11

Blessed are you … you … you

Quote: μακάριοί ἐστε & ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

The word you, here and in the remainder of the chapter unless otherwise noted, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: Forms of You)

because of me

Quote: ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says because of me, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 5:12

Rejoice and be very glad

Quote: χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

Here, Rejoice and be very glad mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad” (See: Doublet)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, in the heavens means with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:13

You are the salt of the earth. But if the salt is made tasteless, with what might it be made salty again

Quote: ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This could mean: (1) just as salt makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as salt preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: Metaphor)

But if the salt is made tasteless, with what might it be made salty again

Quote: ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: Rhetorical Question)

except having been thrown out, to be trampled by men

Quote: εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: Active or Passive)

It is good for nothing any longer, except having been thrown out

Quote: εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt that lost its taste is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt is only useful for being thrown out” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

Matthew 5:14

You are the light of the world

Quote: ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Just like a light shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that, with his message, his disciples will shine in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: Metaphor)

A city being set on top of a mountain is not able to be hidden

Quote: οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When it is dark at night, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, if the view of the city is not blocked by anything, being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

A city being set on top of a mountain is not able to be hidden

Quote: οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is set on a hill” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:15

Neither do they light a lamp

Quote: οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

but rather

Quote: ἀλλ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

What follows the words but rather is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should set it on a high place to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

Matthew 5:16

Let your light shine before men

Quote: λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Let your light shine before men means the disciples of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: Metaphor)

your Father in the heavens

Quote: τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

God is referred to as our Father. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: Kinship)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in the heavens in 5:12(See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:17

the prophets

Quote: τοὺς προφήτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This refers to what the prophets wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” (See: Metonymy)

I came not to destroy but to fulfill

Quote: οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: Ellipsis)

but

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

Matthew 5:18

until the heaven and the earth passes away, one jot or one tittle will certainly not pass away from the law

Quote: ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The phrase until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: Hyperbole)

one jot or one tittle

Quote: ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 5:19

Therefore, whoever annuls one of the least of these commandments … will be called least in the kingdom of the heavens. But whoever does and teaches {them}, that one will be called great in the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments … God would call him the least important in his kingdom. If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

Therefore, whoever annuls … But whoever does

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … If anyone does” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

teaches men to do so will be called

Quote: διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: Active or Passive)

the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 3:2 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:20

that unless your righteousness abounds … you will certainly not enter

Quote: ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this double negative in positive form. Alternate translation: “that only if your righteousness abounds … will you enter” (See: Double Negatives)

unless your righteousness abounds more than that … you will certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “if your righteousness does not become much greater than that … you will never become a part of God’s people” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

Matthew 5:21

it was said to the ancient ones

Quote: ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God spoke to your ancestors long ago, saying” (See: Active or Passive)

Whoever kills will be subject to the judgment

Quote: ὃς & ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the judgment implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 5:22

with his brother … to his brother

Quote: τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Here, his brother refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one believer” (See: Kinship)

Raka

Quote: ῥακά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

And whoever says

Quote: ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And whoever might say to his brother” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 5:23

at the altar

Quote: ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that this is God’s altar at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 5:24

first be reconciled with your brother

Quote: πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: Active or Passive)

then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The word then indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

Matthew 5:25

Be in agreement with your accuser quickly while you are with him on the way, lest your accuser might hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and you will be thrown into prison

Quote: ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of you and your in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

with your accuser

Quote: τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

An accuser is a person who blames someone else for doing something wrong. He may take the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the one who accuses you of doing wrong” (See: Translate Unknowns)

might hand you over to the judge

Quote: σε παραδῷ & τῷ κριτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, hand you over means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “gives control of you to the judge” (See: Idiom)

while you are with him on the way

Quote: ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, on the way is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

lest your accuser might hand you over to the judge

Quote: μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, hand you over means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: Idiom)

the judge to the officer

Quote: ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: Ellipsis)

to the officer

Quote: τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the officer is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: Translate Unknowns)

you will be thrown into prison

Quote: εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:27

that it was said

Quote: ὅτι ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:28

with her in his heart

Quote: αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, heart Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:29

But if your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw {it} away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members would perish and your whole body would not be thrown into Gehenna

Quote: εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

if your right eye causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, right eye refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: Synecdoche)

if your right eye causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, to stumble is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what your eye sees” (See: Metaphor)

pluck it out

Quote: ἔξελε αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: Hyperbole)

and your whole body would not be thrown into Gehenna

Quote: καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: Active or Passive)

one of your members would perish

Quote: ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, one of your members is referring to an individual part of the body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 5:30

And if your right hand causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members would perish and your whole body would not go into Gehenna

Quote: καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: Parallelism)

if your right hand causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the hand stands for the actions of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “if you do something that causes you to sin” (See: Metonymy)

cut it off and throw {it} away from you

Quote: ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: Hyperbole)

one of your members would perish

Quote: ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 5:31

it has been said

Quote: ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:32

everyone divorcing his wife, except for a report of sexual immorality, causes her to commit adultery

Quote: πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would appear in your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “a man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

the one who} has been divorced

Quote: ἀπολελυμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:33

it was said to the ancient ones

Quote: ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

but

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

What follows the word but here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather,” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

Matthew 5:34

neither by heaven, for it is the throne of God

Quote: μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, heaven is spoken of as the throne of God in a figurative way. Heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “not by heaven, which is his throne” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 5:35

it is a footstool for his feet

Quote: ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, footstool is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it is something on which God can rest his feet” (See: Translate Unknowns)

for it is a footstool for his feet

Quote: ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God does not need a footstool for his feet, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 5:36

Neither should you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black

Quote: μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words you and your are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: Forms of You)

Neither should you swear by your head

Quote: μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To swear by your head means to swear by your own authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 5:38

that it was said

Quote: ὅτι ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: Active or Passive)

An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth

Quote: ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This passage is speaking of the punishment for injuring someone’s eye or tooth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 5:39

the evil one

Quote: τῷ πονηρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective evil as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 5:40

you … your … your cloak

Quote: σοι & σου & τὸ ἱμάτιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of you and your are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

tunic, … cloak

Quote: τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The coat was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The cloak, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the coat for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can explicitly state what these things are. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 5:41

whoever

Quote: ὅστις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if a soldier of the Roman army” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

for one mile

Quote: μίλιον ἕν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, one mile refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If mile is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

go with him two

Quote: ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 5:43

You have heard … your … your

Quote: ἠκούσατε & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The You is plural in You have heard. The verb Love and both instances of your are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

that it was said

Quote: ὅτι ἐρρέθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated this in 5:27. (See: Active or Passive)

your neighbor

Quote: τὸν πλησίον σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here the word neighbor does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Matthew 5:45

you might be sons of your Father

Quote: γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

We are not God’s physical children but his spiritual children. It is best to translate sons with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: Kinship)

of your Father

Quote: Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in the heavens in 5:12(See: Metonymy)

he makes his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and he sends rain on the just and the unjust

Quote: τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, he makes his sun to rise and he sends rain on are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:46

what reward do you have

Quote: τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special for which God will reward them. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing

Quote: οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 5:47

what do you do more? Do not even the Gentiles do the same thing

Quote: τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 5:48

Father

Quote: Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6

Matthew 6 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”

You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

You singular and you plural

In this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 6:1

not to do your … you do not have … your

Quote: ὑμῶν & μὴ ποιεῖν & οὐκ ἔχετε & ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of you and your are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: Forms of You)

before men to be seen by them

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

before men to be seen by them

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: Active or Passive)

before men

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “before people” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

Father

Quote: τῷ Πατρὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 5:16 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 6:2

do not sound a trumpet before yourself

Quote: μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, do not sound a trumpet could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) do not sound your trumpet is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain way. Alternate translation: “do not bring attention to yourself” (See: Metaphor)

the hypocrites

Quote: οἱ ὑποκριταὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word hypocrites is not referring to a specific person, but to people who put on a false appearance of righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

so that they may be glorified by men

Quote: ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: Active or Passive)

they have their reward in full

Quote: ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Often times, to have a reward is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way, saying that their reward is not with God. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: Irony)

Matthew 6:3

you, … your … your

Quote: σοῦ & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

All occurrences of you and your are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing

Quote: μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to know what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 6:5

you pray, … to you

Quote: προσεύχῃ & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of you is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

the hypocrites

Quote: οἱ ὑποκριταί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See the note in 5:2 (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

so that they may be seen by men

Quote: ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: Active or Passive)

by men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

Matthew 6:6

enter into your inner chamber

Quote: εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The inner chamber was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: Translate Unknowns)

to your Father

Quote: τῷ Πατρί σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:7

the Gentiles

Quote: οἱ ἐθνικοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking of Gentiles in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

they will be heard

Quote: εἰσακουσθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:8

Therefore, you should not be like them

Quote: μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says to not be like them, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:9

let your name be made holy

Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, your name refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: Metonymy)

Therefore, you must pray like this

Quote: οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray in a way similar to this” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

in the heavens

Quote: ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated who is in the heavens in 5:16 (See: Metonymy)

let your name be made holy

Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glorify your name” (See: Active or Passive)

let your name be made holy

Quote: ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, your name refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with the person or being to whom it belongs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may people honor you” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 6:10

Let your kingdom come

Quote: ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how your translated kingdom in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

let your will be done as in heaven also on earth

Quote: γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will, just as everything in heaven does” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:11

daily bread

Quote: τὸν ἄρτον & τὸν ἐπιούσιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, bread refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 6:12

debts, … our debtors

Quote: τὰ ὀφειλήματα & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A debt is what one person owes another person. A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 6:13

do not bring us into temptation

Quote: μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If it would be helpful in your language, you can express temptation as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: Abstract Nouns)

but deliver us from the evil one

Quote: ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, evil one could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Most important manuscripts do not include “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 6:14

men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

their trespasses

Quote: τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun trespasses, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:15

your trespasses

Quote: τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: Abstract Nouns)

the men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

Matthew 6:16

they disfigure their faces

Quote: ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The hypocrites would not wash their faces. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

they have their reward in full

Quote: ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

See how you translated they have their reward in full in 6:2 (See: Irony)

Matthew 6:17

you, {… your … your

Quote: σὺ & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of you and your are singular. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

anoint your head and wash your face

Quote: ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to anoint the head and to wash the face is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you were not fasting” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 6:18

by your Father

Quote: τῷ Πατρί σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

seeing in secret

Quote: ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ (1)

See how you translated this in 6:6. Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private”

Matthew 6:19

moth

Quote: σὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A moth is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects that eat your belongings” (See: Translate Unknowns)

rust

Quote: βρῶσις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, rust could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat away at food” or “things which eat away at your belongings” (See: Translate Unknowns)

rust

Quote: βρῶσις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, rust is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 6:20

store up for yourselves treasures in heaven

Quote: θησαυρίζετε & ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 6:21

For where your treasure is

Quote: ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, treasure is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “For with what you value most in life” (See: Metaphor)

there will your heart be also

Quote: ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, heart means a person’s thoughts and interests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 6:22

your … your

Quote: σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of your are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

The lamp of the body is the eye

Quote: ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. The eye not a source of light, but a channel for light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: Metaphor)

Therefore, if your eye is healthy, your whole body will be illuminated

Quote: ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: Biblical Imagery — Extended Metaphors)

Matthew 6:23

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: Biblical Imagery — Extended Metaphors)

Matthew 6:24

No one

Quote: οὐδεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

for either he will hate the one and will love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other

Quote: ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “for he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: Parallelism)

You are not able to serve God and wealth

Quote: οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, money is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: Personification)

Matthew 6:25

to you, … your … you might eat … you might drink,… your … you might wear

Quote: ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & φάγητε & πίητε & ὑμῶν & ἐνδύσησθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here the instances of you and your are all plural. (See: Forms of You)

Is not life more than food, and the body, {than} clothing

Quote: οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 6:26

Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Are} you not more valuable than they

Quote: οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 6:27

you

Quote: ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, youis plural. (See: Forms of You)

But which of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan

Quote: τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here to add one cubit to his lifespan is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: Metaphor)

But which of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan

Quote: τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

one cubit

Quote: πῆχυν ἕνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance

A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: Biblical Distance)

Matthew 6:28

why are you anxious about clothing

Quote: περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

They do not labor, neither do they spin

Quote: οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to toil and spin cloth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” (See: Personification)

lilies

Quote: κρίνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 6:29

not even Solomon in all his glory clothed himself like one of these

Quote: οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” (See: Metaphor)

clothed himself like one of these

Quote: περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wore clothes that were as beautiful as these lilies” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:30

thus clothes the grass of the field

Quote: τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: Metaphor)

grass

Quote: χόρτον (1)

If your language has a word that includes grass and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.

being thrown into an oven

Quote: εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: Active or Passive)

will he} not much more

Quote: οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. (See: Ellipsis)

will he} not much more you, ones of little faith

Quote: οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 6:32

Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:33

seek first the kingdom and his righteousness

Quote: ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God’s people, and do what he desires of you” (See: Metonymy)

all these things will be added to you

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:34

tomorrow will be anxious for itself

Quote: ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Jesus speaks of tomorrow as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. (See: Personification)

Matthew 7

Matthew 7 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Matthew 5-7

“By their fruits you will know them”

Fruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: fruit, fruitful, unfruitful)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

You singular and you plural

In this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 7:1

Do not judge

Quote: μὴ κρίνετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied here that the word judge has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

you will not be judged

Quote: μὴ κριθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:2

with the judgment by which you judge, you will be judged

Quote: ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will judge you with the judgment with which you judge” (See: Active or Passive)

For with the judgment by which

Quote: ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: Abstract Nouns)

you judge, … you measure

Quote: κρίνετε & μετρεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus leaves out that you judge and you measure is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by which you judge other people … by which you measure other people” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

and with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured to you

Quote: καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To measure someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “and with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: Metaphor)

with the measure by which

Quote: ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of measure, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: Abstract Nouns)

it will be measured to you

Quote: μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:3

Now why do you look at the speck of wood that {is} in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log in your eye

Quote: τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for concerning themselves about other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

do you look at … your … you do not notice … your eye

Quote: βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of you and your are all singular. See the note in the introduction. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

the speck of wood that {is} in the eye of your brother

Quote: τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A speck of wood is a tiny piece of wood that might get into someone’s eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer’s life” (See: Metaphor)

of your brother

Quote: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Here and in the next two verses, brother refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” (See: Kinship)

the log in your eye

Quote: τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A log is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, log is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” (See: Metaphor)

you do not notice the log in your eye

Quote: τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

A log cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 7:4

Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log {is} in your eye

Quote: ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 7:6

You should neither give the holy to the dogs nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs

Quote: μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, to give the holy and to throw your pearls means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, dogs and pigs mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: Metaphor)

pearls

Quote: τοὺς μαργαρίτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Real pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 7:7

Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you

Quote: αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Here, Ask, Seek, and Knock all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” (See: Parallelism)

it will be given to you

Quote: δοθήσεται ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: Active or Passive)

knock

Quote: κρούετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

To Knock on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Knock on the door” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 7:9

Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he

Quote: ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

bread

Quote: ἄρτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, bread refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 7:10

Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he

Quote: ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man’s son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” (See: Ellipsis)

Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he

Quote: ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 7:11

how much more will your Father in the heavens give good things to the ones asking him

Quote: πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in the heavens

Quote: ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 5:16. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 7:12

for this is the Law and the Prophets

Quote: οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the Law and the Prophets refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: Metonymy)

for this is the Law and the Prophets

Quote: οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, for this is the Law and the Prophets means that the Law and the Prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Law and Prophets teach this message” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 7:13

Enter through the narrow gate. For wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it

Quote: εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

In this verse, road is figurative for the span of a person’s life. The word gate is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. (See: Metaphor)

to destruction

Quote: εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God’s judgement” or “to God destroying you” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 7:14

to life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” (See: Abstract Nouns)

there are few finding it

Quote: ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, to find it means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way that you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there are few whom God brings into eternal life with himself” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 7:15

who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves

Quote: οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, a sheep means someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God’s people are called wolves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “who come to God’s people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 7:16

By their fruits you will recognize them

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, their fruits is referring to a person’s actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: Metaphor)

They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they

Quote: μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 7:17

In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, but the rotten tree produces bad fruits

Quote: οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to false prophets who produce evil works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God’s words do good and speak falsely about God’s words do evil” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 7:19

Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire

Quote: πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus continues talking about trees. He is saying that those who do not preach God’s words will be judged by him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: Metaphor)

is cut down and thrown into a fire

Quote: ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw into a fire” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:20

by their fruits you will recognize them

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this in 7:16 (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 7:21

Lord, Lord

Quote: Κύριε, Κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Here, Lord, Lord is an exclamation that shows that these people claim that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: Exclamations)

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 7:22

in that day

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus said that day knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds

Quote: οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

in your name, … in your name … in your name

Quote: τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to do something in your name means to do it by his power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … in your authority … in your authority” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 7:23

I never knew you

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

I never knew you means that the person was never one of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 7:24

will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his house on a rock, where nothing can harm it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a wise man who built his house on a firm foundation” (See: Simile)

will be compared to a wise man

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” (See: Active or Passive)

rock

Quote: πέτραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, rock means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 7:25

it had been founded

Quote: τεθεμελίωτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:26

will be compared to a foolish man who built his house upon the sand

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with foolish house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” (See: Simile)

will be compared to a foolish man

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will compare him to a foolish man” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:27

its destruction was great

Quote: ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of destruction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 7:28

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: General Information: (0)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

General Information:

This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: End of Story)

at his teaching

Quote: ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of teaching, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 8

Matthew 8 General Notes

Figures of Speech

Metonymy

Metonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: Metonymy)

Rhetorical Questions

Jesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Idiom

Idioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: Idiom)

Matthew 8:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Matthew 8:2

behold, a leper, having approached

Quote: ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

This introduces the leper as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a serious, contagious skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants)

if you are willing, you are able to make me clean

Quote: ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

you are able to make me clean

Quote: δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to be clean means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 8:3

his leprosy was cleansed

Quote: ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:4

show yourself to the priest

Quote: σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoin your community” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them

Quote: προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. So that no one else would become infected, lepers were not allowed to come into contact with healthy people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

Here, to them either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community” (See: Pronouns)

Matthew 8:6

paralyzed

Quote: παραλυτικός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Someone who is paralyzed is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 8:8

under my roof

Quote: μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, under my roof is figurative for being in a person’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house” (See: Idiom)

speak a word

Quote: εἰπὲ λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Here, speak is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “say a word” (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

my servant will be healed

Quote: ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:9

I … am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me

Quote: ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: Active or Passive)

under authority, … under me

Quote: ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν & ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

To be under someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people’s commands … who obey me” (See: Idiom)

and to another one, ‘… and to my servant

Quote: καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 8:10

I have found such great faith from no one in Israel

Quote: παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, among people who should have more faith” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

in Israel

Quote: ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the name Israel is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 8:11

you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in 8:10. (See: Forms of You)

from east and west

Quote: ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Using the opposites east and west is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many faraway places” (See: Merism)

they will recline to eat

Quote: ἀνακλιθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all enjoying a feast together. Use a term in your language that refers to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: Metaphor)

in the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 8:12

the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out

Quote: οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: Active or Passive)

But the sons of the kingdom

Quote: οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The phrase sons of is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “But those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people” (See: Metonymy)

But the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out

Quote: οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

In their culture, the sons of the kingdom would usually inherit the kingdom and not be thrown out. Jesus is speaking in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. (See: Irony)

into the outer darkness

Quote: εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, outer darkness is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: Metonymy)

weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, grinding of the teeth is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 8:13

let it be done for you

Quote: γενηθήτω σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: Active or Passive)

the servant was healed

Quote: ἰάθη ὁ παῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:14

being sick with a fever

Quote: πυρέσσουσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A fever is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 8:15

the fever left her

Quote: ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The fever is spoken of as if it, like a person, left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever” (See: Personification)

Matthew 8:16

many being possessed by demons

Quote: δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed” (See: Active or Passive)

he cast out the spirits with a word

Quote: ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, word means a command that Jesus gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 8:17

might be fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet

Quote: πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke” (See: Active or Passive)

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

He himself took our sicknesses and bore our diseases

Quote: αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. He himself took our weaknesses and bore {our} diseases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses” (See: Parallelism)

Matthew 8:18

commanded to depart to the other side

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 8:20

The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky, nests, but the Son of Man does not have {a place} where he might lay his head

Quote: αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep” (See: Proverbs)

The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky, nests

Quote: αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that his hearers know what foxes are and what they use the holes for. Foxes are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the birds of the sky, nests

Quote: τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests” (See: Ellipsis)

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

does not have {a place} where he might lay his head

Quote: οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, lay his head refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 8:22

let the dead bury their own dead

Quote: ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, the dead is referring to those who are spiritually dead, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 8:24

so that the boat was covered by the waves

Quote: ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:25

Lord, save us; we are perishing

Quote: Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, we is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 8:26

Why are you cowardly, you of little faith

Quote: τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

you of little faith

Quote: ὀλιγόπιστοι (1)

Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in 6:30.

Matthew 8:27

What sort of {man} is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him

Quote: ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

even the winds and the sea obey him

Quote: καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, wind and waves are described as if they are able to obey Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves” (See: Personification)

Matthew 8:28

the region of the Gadarenes

Quote: τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The Gadarenes were named after the town of Gadara. (See: How to Translate Names)

two men … being possessed by demons

Quote: δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:29

What to us and to you, Son of God

Quote: τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Son of God

Quote: Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Have you come here to torment us before the set time

Quote: ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Again, the demons pose a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Have you come here to torment us before the set time

Quote: ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the set time is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew’s readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 8:30

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

Matthew 8:31

If you cast us out

Quote: εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

us

Quote: ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 8:33

the {things concerning} the ones possessed by demons

Quote: τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:34

the whole city

Quote: πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The word city is a metonym for the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: Metonymy)

the whole city

Quote: πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The word whole is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 9

Matthew 9 General Notes

Structure

Formatting

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Figures of Speech

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Matthew 9:1

he crossed over

Quote: διεπέρασεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 9:2

a paralytic

Quote: παραλυτικὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated paralytic in 4:24. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Your sins are forgiven

Quote: ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:4

having seen their thoughts

Quote: ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

For what reason do you think evil in your hearts

Quote: ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

in your hearts

Quote: ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, hearts refers to their minds or their thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 9:5

For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk

Quote: τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that it is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’” (See: Rhetorical Question)

which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk

Quote: τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “you think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk” or (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Your sins have been forgiven

Quote: ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 9:6

you might know … your … your

Quote: εἰδῆτε & σου & σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, the you is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of your are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: Forms of You)

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus refers to himself as the Son of Man in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

authority

Quote: ἐξουσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 9:8

authority

Quote: ἐξουσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this in 9:6 (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 9:10

sinners

Quote: ἁμαρτωλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, sinners refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many sins” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 9:11

Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners

Quote: διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 9:12

But he, having heard this

Quote: ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, this refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness

Quote: οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do” (See: Proverbs)

The ones being healthy

Quote: οἱ ἰσχύοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Those who have sickness are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The healthy are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are spiritually sound, but rather, that they are needy. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: Irony)

the ones having sickness

Quote: οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 9:13

but sinners

Quote: ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The words I did not come to call are understood from the phrase before this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 9:14

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The word Then indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this,” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

the disciples of John

Quote: οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Here, John is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John the Baptizer” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants)

Matthew 9:15

The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they

Quote: μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they

Quote: μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not mourn because he is still there with them. In this proverb, Jesus is the bridegroom, and his disciples are the sons of the bridal chamber. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them” (See: Proverbs)

But days will come when

Quote: ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the day is said to be coming like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when” (See: Personification)

the bridegroom will be taken away from them

Quote: ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:16

Now no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, for its patch tears away from the garment, and a worse tear happens

Quote: οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

This verse is a proverb which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn’t use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present” (See: Proverbs)

Now no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment

Quote: οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth, one that has not yet shrunken from being washed, on an old garment that has shrunk already” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 9:17

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

This verse is a proverb with a message similar to that of the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine, which will expand, in an old wine skin, which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: Proverbs)

Neither

Quote: οὐδὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, Neither is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, nor” (See: Connecting Words and Phrases)

Neither do they put … they put

Quote: οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking of people in general and not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour … people pour” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed

Quote: ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which will spill out all the wine, and the wineskins are ruined” (See: Active or Passive)

But

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

What follows the word Instead here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

both are preserved

Quote: ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:18

While} he was saying these things to them

Quote: ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

Here, While he is saying these things to them marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

a certain official

Quote: ἄρχων εἷς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

This introduces the official as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants)

bowed down to him

Quote: προσεκύνει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 9:20

suffering from a discharge of blood

Quote: αἱμορροοῦσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: Euphemism)

touched the edge of his cloak

Quote: ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew does not explain why she touched the edge of his garment. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: When to Keep Information Implicit)

Matthew 9:21

for she was saying in herself, “If only I touch his cloak, I will be saved

Quote: ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

This verse tells us why she touched Jesus’ garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: Background Information)

I will be saved

Quote: σωθήσομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:22

Daughter

Quote: θύγατερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: Kinship)

your faith has saved you

Quote: ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, faith is spoken of as having healed a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: Personification)

the woman was saved from that hour

Quote: ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 9:23

having seen the flute players and the crowd being disturbed

Quote: ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

There were flute players at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having seen the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 9:24

the girl has not died, but sleeps

Quote: οὐ & ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who sleeps. But here the girl who died will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the girl is only temporarily dead, as if she were sleeping” (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 9:25

But when the crowd had been put outside

Quote: ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” (See: Active or Passive)

But when the crowd had been put outside

Quote: ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, when is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

the girl was raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:26

And this report went out into all that region

Quote: καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

It is said that this report went out as a person might go out from a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “People reported to the whole region what Jesus had done” (See: Personification)

into all that region

Quote: εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus refers to the region to mean the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 9:27

Have mercy on us

Quote: ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Have mercy means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὲ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Jesus was not David’s literal Son, but his descendant. The title Son of David is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: Kinship)

Matthew 9:28

Yes, Lord

Quote: ναί, Κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 9:29

Let it be done to you according to your faith

Quote: κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you, since you have believed in me” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:30

their eyes were opened

Quote: ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, their eyes were opened is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “their sight was restored” (See: Idiom)

their eyes were opened

Quote: ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored their sight” (See: Active or Passive)

See that you let no one know {about this

Quote: ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, See is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 9:32

a mute, … man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A person who is mute is someone who is not able to speak. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to talk. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to say anything” (See: Translate Unknowns)

a mute, demon-possessed man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man who had a demon that controlled him and made him mute” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:33

Such as this has never been seen

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:34

By the ruler of the demons

Quote: ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the ruler of the demons would have been understood by Jesus’ audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 9:35

all the cities

Quote: τὰς πόλεις πάσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The word all is an exaggeration to emphasize how many cities Jesus went to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: Hyperbole)

preaching the gospel of the kingdom

Quote: κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here the abstract noun kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in 4:23. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: Abstract Nouns)

every disease and every sickness

Quote: πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys

This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: Hendiadys)

Matthew 9:36

like sheep not having a shepherd

Quote: ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus compares the people to sheep who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “acting as though they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: Simile)

Matthew 9:37

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: Predictive Past)”

Indeed, the harvest {is} plentiful, but the laborers {are} few

Quote: ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only a few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: Proverbs)

laborers

Quote: ἐργάται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, laborers is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in the crop. Use a term in your language for this. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 9:38

earnestly ask the Lord of the harvest

Quote: δεήθητε & τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, of means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: Possession)

laborers

Quote: ἐργάτας (1)

See how you translated laborers in the previous verse.

Matthew 10

Matthew 10 General Notes

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The sending of the 12 disciples

Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the 12 disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

The 12 disciples

The following are the lists of the 12 disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

“The kingdom of heaven has come near”

No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”

Matthew 10:1

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

This verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

he gave them authority

Quote: ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he authorized them to have power” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 10:2

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Now is used to add needed background information about the 12 apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

first

Quote: πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here, first means first in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list. (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 10:4

Simon the Cananaios

Quote: Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word Zealot refers to members of a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that Simon was a part of this group. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots” (See: Translate Unknowns)

the {one} having also handed him over

Quote: ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background

Matthew writes having even betrayed him to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him” (See: Connect — Background Information)

Matthew 10:5

These 12 Jesus sent out, having instructed them, saying

Quote: τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events

Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the Twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying” (See: Order of Events)

These 12 Jesus sent out

Quote: τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)

See how you translated this in 10:2

sent out

Quote: ἀπέστειλεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus sent them out to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out to teach people his message” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 10:6

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

What follows the word But here is in contrast to what came before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of to the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather,” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to lost sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what sheep means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep” (See: Metaphor)

of the house of Israel

Quote: οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The house of Israel refers to the people who came from the family line of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:7

The kingdom of the heavens has come near

Quote: ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:8

raise the dead

Quote: νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, raise the dead is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: Idiom)

Freely you have received; freely give

Quote: δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in 4:2. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 10:9

Do not acquire gold or silver or copper in your belts

Quote: μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Their belts were a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. They were often wide enough that they could be folded and used to carry money. If your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you” (See: Translate Unknowns)

gold or silver or copper

Quote: χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

gold, silver and copper are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:10

a bag

Quote: πήραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A bag is a flexible container in which a person can carry their belongings. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them. (See: Translate Unknowns)

two tunics

Quote: δύο χιτῶνας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Use the plural of the word you used for tunic in 5:40. (See: Translate Unknowns)

for the laborer {is} worthy of his food

Quote: ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

The proverb for the laborer {is} worthy of his food is giving the reason why Jesus’ disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide each disciple, the laborer, with what he needs. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “for God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live” (See: Proverbs)

Matthew 10:11

and stay there until you go out

Quote: κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this sentence, there means the worthy person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person’s house until you leave” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 10:12

Now entering into the house, greet it

Quote: εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The word it refers to the house. Here, house represents the people who live in the house. So Matthew is saying to greet the people in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:13

indeed the house is worthy, … it is not worthy

Quote: μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the house represents those who live in the house. A worthy person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well … the people who live in that house do not receive you well” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:14

shake off the dust from your feet

Quote: ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The phrase shake off the dust from your feet was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar expression or gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 10:15

for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah

Quote: γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the land of Sodom and Gomorrah refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: Metonymy)

for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah

Quote: γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

for that city

Quote: τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, that city is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 10:16

as sheep in the midst of wolves

Quote: ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as wolves may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like sheep. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in 10:6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “as defenseless as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you” (See: Simile)

become wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves

Quote: γίνεσθε & φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like serpents and harmless like doves around the dangerous the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution as well as with innocence” (See: Simile)

Matthew 10:17

councils

Quote: συνέδρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The councils were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use a term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who are in authority” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 10:18

you will be brought also

Quote: καὶ & ἀχθήσεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will even bring you” or “people will even bring you” (See: Active or Passive)

and you will be brought also before governors and kings for my sake

Quote: καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 10:19

But when they hand you over

Quote: ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the same people as in 10:17. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

how or what you will speak

Quote: πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys

This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with or. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use or. Alternate translation: “what you might say” (See: Hendiadys)

for what you will say will be given to you in that hour

Quote: δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say in that hour” (See: Active or Passive)

will be given to you

Quote: δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, will be given to you is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you” (See: Idiom)

in that hour

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, in that hour means “at that time”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when you need it” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:20

but

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

What follows the word but here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

the Spirit of your Father

Quote: τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the Spirit of your Father is referring to the Holy Spirit and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

of your Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

through you

Quote: ἐν ὑμῖν (1)

Alternate translation: “through you”

Matthew 10:21

brother will hand over brother to death

Quote: παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “aman will have his brother killed” (See: Abstract Nouns)

a father, his child

Quote: πατὴρ τέκνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed” (See: Ellipsis)

children will rise up

Quote: ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to rise up against is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 10:22

you will be hated by all

Quote: ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: Active or Passive)

all

Quote: πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here, everyone is figurative for many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this. (See: Hyperbole)

because of my name

Quote: διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, name refers to Jesus himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: Metonymy)

the one having endured

Quote: ὁ & ὑπομείνας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person remains” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

this one will be saved

Quote: οὗτος σωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 10:23

in this city

Quote: ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, this does not refer to a specific city, but cities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

flee to the next

Quote: φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the Son of Man comes

Quote: ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 10:24

A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a slave above his master

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than they are. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: Proverbs)

nor a slave above his master

Quote: οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 10:25

the slave like his master

Quote: ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: Ellipsis)

If they called the master of the house Beelzebul

Quote: εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus refers to himself as the master of the house. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of himself and disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: Metaphor)

Beelzebul

Quote: Βεελζεβοὺλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The name Beelzebul could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

the members of his household

Quote: τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the members of his household is referring to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 10:26

there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known

Quote: οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Here, there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed means the same thing as hidden, that will not be made known. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: Parallelism)

for there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known

Quote: οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil, which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: Proverbs)

there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed

Quote: οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: Double Negatives)

there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known

Quote: οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that is concealed and will make known to other people everything which is hidden” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 10:27

What I tell you in the darkness, say in the light, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops

Quote: ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” or “What I tell you privately, tell everyone in public” (See: Parallelism)

What I tell you in the darkness, say in the light

Quote: ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, darkness is a metonym for “private,” and daylight is a metonym for “public.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public” (See: Metonymy)

what you hear in your ear

Quote: ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, what you hear in {your} ear is a way of referring to whispering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: Idiom)

proclaim upon the housetops

Quote: κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, housetops refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:28

But

Quote: δὲ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Matthew contrasts fear of people with with fear of God by using the phrase But instead. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is ** the one being able** to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

Gehenna

Quote: Γεέννῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus uses the name of Gehenna, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: Metaphor)

Gehenna

Quote: Γεέννῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom, just outside of Jerusalem. This was a place where people were constantly burning trash. Jesus draws the imagery of hell from this place. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 10:29

Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion? And yet not one of them will fall to the ground apart from your Father

Quote: οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: Proverbs)

Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion

Quote: οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

sparrows

Quote: στρουθία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These sparrows are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: Translate Unknowns)

for an assarion

Quote: ἀσσαρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

An assarion refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. You may translate this as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion

Quote: οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion” (See: Active or Passive)

not one of them will fall to the ground apart from your Father

Quote: ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow falls to the ground” (See: Double Negatives)

will fall to the ground

Quote: πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, will fall to the ground is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: Euphemism)

apart from your Father

Quote: ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says apart from your Father, he means apart from the will of your Father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

your Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 10:30

even the hairs of your head are all numbered

Quote: ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God even knows how many hairs are on your head” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 10:32

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

before men

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:33

before men

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you translated before men in the previous verse. (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:34

upon the earth

Quote: ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, upon the earth refers to the people who live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people” (See: Metonymy)

but a sword

Quote: ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword” (See: Ellipsis)

a sword

Quote: μάχαιραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the use of the word sword means division and fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:35

and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law

Quote: καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 10:37

is not worthy of me; … is not worthy of me

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος (1)

See how you translated worthy in 10:10.

Matthew 10:38

does not take up his cross and follow after me

Quote: οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, take up his cross means to be willing to face persecution because you serve Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me” (See: Metonymy)

is not worthy of me

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος (1)

See how you translated worthy in the previous verse.

Matthew 10:39

The one having found his life will lose it, and the one having lost his life for my sake will find it

Quote: ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “The one who clings to what an earthly life has to offer will lose it, and whoever is willing to give up everything for me will gain eternal life” (See: Proverbs)

The one having found … will find

Quote: ὁ εὑρὼν & εὑρήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, found and find are figurative for obtaining something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The one who retains … will gain” (See: Metaphor)

will lose it

Quote: ἀπολέσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus is saying that a person who tries to protect his physical life from people who would punish him for belonging to Jesus will not have eternal life with God. And a person who accepts suffering here on earth because he belongs to Jesus will receive God’s reward of eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 10:40

The one receiving you receives me

Quote: ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus says that people receive me when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the one receiving me receives the one having sent me

Quote: ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the one receiving me receives the one who sent me means that for the one who receives Jesus, it is the same as receiving God the Father, who sent Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, he also receives my Father who sent me” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 10:41

The one receiving a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a reward of a prophet, and the one receiving a righteous {man} in the name of a righteous {man} will receive a reward of a righteous {man

Quote: ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person who welcome one of God’s prophets, God will reward him in the same way that he rewards the prophets. And a person who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: Proverbs)

The one receiving a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a reward of a prophet, and the one receiving a righteous {man} in the name of a righteous {man} will receive a reward of a righteous {man

This reward being referred to is to live with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 10:42

whoever gives … to drink

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person gives … to drink” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

to one of these little ones

Quote: ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase these little ones refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what little ones means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children,” (See: Metaphor)

his reward

Quote: τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See the note on reward in the previous verse. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 11

Matthew 11 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.

Some scholars believe that Matthew 11:20 begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Hidden revelation

After Matthew 11:20, Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him (Matthew 11:25).

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

“The kingdom of heaven is near”

No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase at hand, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”

Matthew 11:1

And it happened that

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

General Information:

And it happened is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

to teach and to preach

Quote: τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

Here, the phrases to teach and to preach mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: Doublet)

Matthew 11:2

John, having heard in the prison about

Quote: ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Matthew had not yet told his audience why John was in prison. Since Matthew explains the story of how John was put in prison in 14:4-5, you do not need to explain to your reader here. (See: When to Keep Information Implicit)

Matthew 11:3

the one coming

Quote: ὁ ἐρχόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the one coming is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

or should we expect another

Quote: ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: Ellipsis)

should we expect another

Quote: ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, the word we is referring to either (1) John’s disciples or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 11:5

The blind see again, and the lame walk, lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised, and the poor are being told the gospel

Quote: τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany

Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: Litany)

The blind … the lame … lepers … the deaf … the dead … the poor

Quote: τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & λεπροὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives blind, lame, lepers, deaf, dead, and poor as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

lepers are cleansed

Quote: λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: Active or Passive)

the dead are raised

Quote: νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word raised is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again” (See: Idiom)

the dead are raised

Quote: νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people” (See: Active or Passive)

the poor are being told the gospel

Quote: πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 11:7

Now, {as} these were going on their way

Quote: τούτων δὲ πορευομένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word these refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

What did you go out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken by the wind

Quote: τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

A reed shaken by the wind

Quote: κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase reed being shaken by the wind is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: Metaphor)

A reed shaken by the wind

Quote: κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 11:8

But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothing

Quote: ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: Rhetorical Question)

But what did you go out to see

Quote: ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 11:9

But why did you go out? To see a prophet

Quote: ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

more than a prophet

Quote: περισσότερον προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see someone much more important than a prophet” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 11:10

This is he concerning whom it is written

Quote: οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: Active or Passive)

before your face

Quote: πρὸ προσώπου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase before your face is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: Idiom)

will prepare your way before you

Quote: κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

That the messenger will prepare your way represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 11:11

among those born of women

Quote: ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,” (See: Idiom)

among those born of women

Quote: ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: Active or Passive)

among those born of women there has not arisen one greater than John the Baptist

Quote: οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes

Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: Litotes)

the least in the kingdom of the heavens is greater than he

Quote: ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2 Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 11:12

But from the days of John the Baptist

Quote: ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The word days is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: Idiom)

the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence, and violent men take it by force

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν (1)

This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.

Matthew 11:13

all the Prophets and the Law have prophesied until John

Quote: πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the Prophets and the Law refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 11:14

if you are willing

Quote: εἰ θέλετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: Forms of You)

and if you are willing to accept {it}, he is Elijah, the one being about to come

Quote: καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words in order to make the meaning clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to receive it, then you would understand that he is Elijah, who is about to come” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 11:15

The one having ears to hear let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The phrase having ears here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: Metonymy)

The one having ears to hear let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 11:16

Now to what will I compare this generation

Quote: τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

this generation

Quote: τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The phrase this generation is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: Synecdoche)

the marketplace

Quote: ταῖς ἀγοραῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A marketplace is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 11:17

saying, ‘We played a flute for you, and you did not dance. We sang a funeral song, and you did not mourn

Quote: λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus' audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST (See: Parables)

We played a flute for you

Quote: ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

We refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and you is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

We sang a funeral song

Quote: ἐθρηνήσαμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase We mourned has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 11:18

neither eating nor drinking

Quote: μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

they say, ‘He has a demon

Quote: λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 11:19

The Son of Man came

Quote: ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus uses the title Son of Man to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

The Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

The phrase Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

came eating and drinking

Quote: ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

The phrase The Son of Man came eating and drinking is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners

Quote: λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

a glutton … a drunkard

Quote: φάγος & οἰνοπότης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word glutton refers to a person who eats too much food. The word drunkard refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: Translate Unknowns)

But wisdom has been justified by her children

Quote: καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

The proverb, wisdom has been justified by her children, is figurative. Here, wisdom is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word children is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister” (See: Proverbs)

wisdom has been justified by her children

Quote: ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 11:20

to rebuke the cities

Quote: ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the cities refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” (See: Metonymy)

in which most of his miracles were done

Quote: ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 11:21

Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida

Quote: οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: Apostrophe)

Woe to you, … Woe to you

Quote: οὐαί σοι (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

The phrase Woe to you is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgment against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" (See: Exclamations)

Chorazin! … Bethsaida! … Tyre … Sidon

Quote: Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the words Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Tyre and Sidon refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: Metonymy)

if the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes

Quote: εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

if the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you

Quote: εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: Active or Passive)

which happened in you

Quote: αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here the you is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 11:22

for Tyre and Sidon

Quote: Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated Tyre and Sidon in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

than for you

Quote: ἢ ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The reason why it will be more tolerable is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 11:23

And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades.For if the miracles that happened in you had happened in Sodom, it would have remained until today

Quote: καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

The pronoun you is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural you. (See: Forms of You)

And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you

Quote: καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: Apostrophe)

Capernaum, … in Sodom

Quote: Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the words Capernaum and Sodom are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom” (See: Metonymy)

you will not be exalted to heaven, will you

Quote: μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: Active or Passive)

you will not be exalted to heaven, will you

Quote: μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

if the miracles that happened in you had happened in Sodom, it would have remained until today

Quote: εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

if the miracles that happened in you had happened in Sodom

Quote: εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 11:24

for the land of Sodom

Quote: γῇ Σοδόμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated Sodom in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

than for you

Quote: ἢ σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus is saying that it will be more tolerable for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 11:25

Father

Quote: Πάτερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Lord of heaven and earth

Quote: Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The phrase heaven and earth refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: Merism)

from the wise and intelligent

Quote: ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives wise and intelligent as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

the wise and intelligent

Quote: σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The words wise and intelligent mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the carefully discerning” (See: Doublet)

the wise and intelligent

Quote: σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Jesus calls them wise and intelligent even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: Irony)

to little children

Quote: νηπίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase little children is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what little children means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 11:26

for thus it was well-pleasing before you

Quote: ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase before you is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 11:27

All things have been handed over to me by my Father

Quote: πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: Active or Passive)

All things

Quote: πάντα (1)

The phrase All things could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed to Jesus everything about himself and his kingdom. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority”

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

no one knows the Son except the Father, and no one knows the Father except the Son, and to whomever the Son desires to reveal him

Quote: οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these double negatives as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: Double Negatives)

the Son … the Son

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus was referring to himself as the Son in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

the Son

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 11:28

all the ones laboring and heavy burdened, and I will give you rest

Quote: πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural. (See: Forms of You)

the ones laboring and heavy burdened

Quote: οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: Metaphor)

and I will give you rest

Quote: κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word rest is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that written by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 11:29

Take my yoke on you

Quote: ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a yoke, something which is put on large animals to carry or pull heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what yoke means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Share your burden with me” (See: Biblical Imagery — Extended Metaphors)

I am gentle and humble in heart

Quote: πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

Here, gentle and humble in heart mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: Doublet)

humble in heart

Quote: ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase humble in heart is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: Idiom)

you will find rest for your souls

Quote: εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, souls is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 11:30

For my yoke {is} easy and my burden is light

Quote: ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor

Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: Biblical Imagery — Extended Metaphors)

For my yoke {is} easy and my burden is light

Quote: ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: Parallelism)

Matthew 12

Matthew 12 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The Sabbath

This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: Sabbath)

“Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: blasphemy, blaspheme, blasphemous and Holy Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Brothers and sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: INVALID bible/kt/brother)

Matthew 12:1

At that time

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

the grainfields

Quote: τῶν σπορίμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: Translate Unknowns)

heads of grain

Quote: στάχυας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:2

are doing what is not lawful to do on a Sabbath

Quote: ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:3

Have you not read what David did when he was hungry, and the ones with him

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:4

how he went into the house of God and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat, nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests

Quote: πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: Rhetorical Question)

the house of God

Quote: τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_ta/src/branch/master/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md)

the loaves of the Presence

Quote: τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

except only for the priests

Quote: εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 12:5

have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

profane the Sabbath

Quote: τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The priests were said to profane the Sabbath because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:6

something greater than the temple

Quote: τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is greater than the temple If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 12:7

But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent

Quote: εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

I desire mercy and not sacrifice

Quote: ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν (1)

In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have mercy rather than for them to have to offer a sacrifice for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds”

the innocent

Quote: τοὺς ἀναιτίους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective innocent as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 12:8

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 12:9

into their synagogue

Quote: εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word their likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 12:10

a man having a withered hand

Quote: ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: Translate Unknowns)

and they questioned him, … so that they might accuse him

Quote: καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees questioned Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: Background Information)

Matthew 12:11

What man will there be among you who will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, will not grasp hold of it and lift {it} out

Quote: τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:12

How much more valuable, then, {is} a man than a sheep

Quote: πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:13

Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand

Quote: τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

it was restored to health

Quote: ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:15

he healed them all

Quote: ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here, the word all is figurative, meaning “very many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed very many people” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 12:17

what was spoken through Isaiah the prophet

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:18

my beloved

Quote: ὁ ἀγαπητός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Connecting Statement:

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of beloved, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love” (See: Abstract Nouns)

in whom my soul was well pleased

Quote: εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, soul refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: Synecdoche)

he will announce justice to the Gentiles

Quote: κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of justice, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 12:19

He will not strive nor cry aloud

Quote: οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: Ellipsis)

in the streets

Quote: ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase in the streets is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 12:20

He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax

Quote: κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Both of the phrases He will not break a bruised reed and he will not quench a smoking flax are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both bruised reed and smoking flax represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: Metaphor)

He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax

Quote: κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Both of the phrases He will not break a bruised reed and he will not quench a smoking flax mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: Parallelism)

he will not quench a smoking flax

Quote: λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, flax refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame” (See: Translate Unknowns)

until he casts out justice to victory

Quote: ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of justice or victory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 12:21

in his name

Quote: τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, the word name refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 12:22

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

The word Then introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

one being demon-possessed was brought to him

Quote: προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed” (See: Active or Passive)

blind and mute

Quote: τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives blind and mute as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 12:23

the Son of David

Quote: ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Son of David is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Son

Quote: υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word Son is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 12:24

He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul

Quote: οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul” (See: Double Negatives)

Matthew 12:25

But having known their thoughts, he said to them

Quote: εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand

Quote: πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: Proverbs)

Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, … every city or house divided against itself will not stand

Quote: πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The phrases Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate and every city or house divided against itself will not stand mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: Parallelism)

kingdom … city or house

Quote: βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the words kingdom and city refer to the people who live in them. The word house refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: Metonymy)

Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate

Quote: πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:26

Satan

Quote: Σατανᾶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The second use of the word Satan is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: Metonymy)

How then will his kingdom stand

Quote: πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:27

by whom do your sons cast them out

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: Rhetorical Question)

your sons

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase your sons refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what sons means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: Metaphor)

Because of this they will be your judges

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν (1)

The phrase For this reason they will be your judges could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”

Matthew 12:28

But if I cast out the demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you

Quote: εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact

Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: Connect — Factual Conditions)

then the kingdom of God has come upon you

Quote: ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated kingdom in 3:2. Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 12:29

Or

Quote: ἢ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: Parables)

how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first bound the strong man

Quote: πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: Rhetorical Question)

anyone

Quote: τις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word anyone is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions

Quote: πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings is figurative. The strong man is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: Metaphor)

if he has not first bound the strong man

Quote: ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

When someone ties up the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to bind in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 12:30

The one not being with me

Quote: ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase with me is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: Idiom)

the one not gathering with me scatters

Quote: ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 12:31

every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men

Quote: πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits” (See: Active or Passive)

every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy of the Spirit will not be forgiven

Quote: πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

the blasphemy of the Spirit will not be forgiven

Quote: ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: Active or Passive)

blasphemy … but the blasphemy of the Spirit

Quote: βλασφημία & ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blasphemy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks … when one blasphemes against the Spirit” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 12:32

whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word word is refers to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: Metonymy)

the Son of Man

Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”(See: First, Second or Third Person)

it will be forgiven him. … it will not be forgiven him

Quote: ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person … God will not forgive that person” (See: Active or Passive)

in this age, nor in the one coming

Quote: ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrases this age and the one coming are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time in which we now live, nor in eternity” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 12:33

Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree rotten and its fruit rotten, for the tree is known by its fruit

Quote: ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

The proverb Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. A person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. You can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: Proverbs)

good … rotten

Quote: καλὸν & σαπρὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The words good and bad are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: Idiom)

for the tree is known by its fruit

Quote: ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:34

You offspring of vipers

Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, You offspring of vipers is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes which can harm and kill people. The Pharisees were compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “You who behave like dangerous snakes” (See: Metaphor)

being evil, how are you able to say good things

Quote: πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evilly the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being evil, you are certainly not able to say good things” (See: Rhetorical Question)

out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks

Quote: ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, mouth is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: Synecdoche)

out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks

Quote: ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, heart is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 12:35

The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things

Quote: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as treasure. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: Proverbs)

Matthew 12:36

men

Quote: οἱ ἄνθρωποι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking about men in general, and not about any specific men. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

in the day of judgment

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 12:37

you will be justified, … you will be condemned

Quote: δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:38

to see a sign from you

Quote: ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:39

An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to it

Quote: γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking to the people in the third person though they are right in front of him. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

An evil and adulterous generation

Quote: γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, adulterous is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him, just as a person is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and unloving generation” (See: Metaphor)

but a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet

Quote: καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of Jonah the prophet” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

a sign will not be given to it

Quote: σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give them no sign” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:40

three days and three nights … three days and three nights

Quote: τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The phrase three days and three nights is referring to three entire days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: Merism)

For just as Jonah was three days and three nights in the belly of the big fish, in this manner

Quote: ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells that the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish because he disobeyed God. After he repented three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

in the heart of the earth

Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase the heart of the earth is referring to being deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “under the ground” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 12:41

The men of Nineveh will rise up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it, for they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and behold, something greater than Jonah {is} here

Quote: ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Nineveh will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

The men of Nineveh

Quote: ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

The phrase men of Nineveh is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

in the judgment

Quote: ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)

The phrase will stand up at the judgment could mean: (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgment”

this generation

Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)

See how you translated the word generation in 12:39

and behold

Quote: καὶ ἰδοὺ (1)

The word behold emphasizes what Jesus says next.

something greater than Jonah {is} here

Quote: πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, and you have not repented” (See: Ellipsis)

something greater than

Quote: πλεῖον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 12:42

The Queen of the South

Quote: βασίλισσα νότου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This refers to the Queen of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: How to Translate Names)

will stand up in the judgment

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)

See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.

in the judgment

Quote: ἐν τῇ κρίσει (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 12:41.

this generation

Quote: τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης (1)

See how you translated generation in the previous verse.

she came from the ends of the earth

Quote: ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase the ends of the earth is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: Idiom)

The Queen of the South will stand up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it, for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon {is} here

Quote: βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than is Solomon. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgment with this generation and will judge it” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

something greater than Solomon {is} here

Quote: πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come to hear it” (See: Ellipsis)

something greater than

Quote: πλεῖον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 12:43

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through 12:45. Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: Parables)

waterless places

Quote: ἀνύδρων τόπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “desert areas” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 12:44

to my house from which I came out

Quote: εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, my house is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dwelling place I left” (See: Metaphor)

it finds {it} being empty, having been swept out and put in order

Quote: εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that someone emptied it, swept it out and put it in order” (See: Active or Passive)

being empty, having been swept out and put in order

Quote: σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase empty, having been swept out and put in order is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and vacated, so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them, so the demon returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “empty, cleaned, and organized” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 12:47

Now someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers have stood outside, seeking to speak to you

Quote: εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside, seeking to speak to him” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 12:48

Who is my mother and who are my brothers

Quote: τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:49

my mother and my brothers

Quote: ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

The phrase my mother and my brothers is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: Kinship)

Matthew 12:50

For whoever does the will of my Father in the heavens, he is my brother and sister and mother

Quote: ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

The word For here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one who obeys my Father in the heavens to be my brother, my sister, or my mother” (See: Connecting Words and Phrases)

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the phrase in the heavens in 5:16. (See: Metonymy)

he is my brother and sister and mother

Quote: αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family, which is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13

Matthew 13 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.

This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Metonymy

Jesus often says the word heaven when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (13:11).

Implicit information

Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” (Matthew 13:1), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Metaphor

Speakers often use examples of things that we can see or touch to communicate abstract ideas. Jesus spoke of birds eating newly sown seed to describe how Satan keeps people from understanding Jesus’ message (13:19).

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that something happened to a person without indicating who caused the thing to happen. For example, “they were scorched” (13:6). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: Active or Passive)

Parables

The parables are short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth (13:11-13).

Matthew 13:1

On that day

Quote: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

This introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that same day” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Jesus, having gone out of the house, was sitting beside the sea

Quote: ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house. He was sitting by the sea” (See: Background Information)

Matthew 13:2

large crowds were gathered to him

Quote: συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Large crowds gathered around him” (See: Active or Passive)

the whole crowd

Quote: πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: Collective Nouns)

Matthew 13:3

he spoke many things to them in parables

Quote: ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

Jesus begins telling the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: Parables)

he spoke many things to them in parables, saying

Quote: ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Matthew 13:4

And as he sowed, some fell beside the road

Quote: καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds and animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not get hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path, where they were unprotected from scavengers” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:5,7-8

others … others … others

Quote: ἄλλα (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

In these verses, the word others is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If it would be helpful in your language, see how it is modeled in the UST. (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 13:6

But {when} the sun had risen

Quote: ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase the sun had risen is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest point in the sky and was hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: Idiom)

it was scorched

Quote: ἐκαυματίσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 13:7

others

Quote: ἄλλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

See the note on others in 13:5. (See: Ellipsis)

the thorns grew up and choked them

Quote: ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the thorns grew up and choked them might be confusing to some readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than did the crops that the sower planted, and so the weeds did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:8

others

Quote: ἄλλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

See the note in 13:5. (See: Ellipsis)

some 100, and some 60, and some 30

Quote: ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, starting a new sentence: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 13:9

The one having ears let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See the note in 11:15. (See: Metonymy)

The one having ears let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Matthew 13:11

To you has been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given

Quote: ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given that understanding to those people” (See: Active or Passive)

but to those it has not been given

Quote: ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: Ellipsis)

To you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

The word you is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

of the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:12

For whoever has, it will be given to him, and he will have an abundance. But whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken away from him

Quote: ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus speaks of understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that for whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand more. But for whoever does not understand, God will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But for whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: Proverbs)

whoever … whoever

Quote: ὅστις & ὅστις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word whoever is referring to people in general and not to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

it will be given … will be taken away

Quote: δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 13:14

And in them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says, In hearing you will hear, but you will certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you will certainly not perceive

Quote: καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_ta/src/branch/master/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md)

In hearing you will hear, but you will certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you will certainly not perceive

Quote: ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the words see and hear in the previous verse. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:15

the heart of this people … and they might understand with {their} heart

Quote: ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word heart is used to refer to a person's mind or inner desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the minds of these people … they will understand in their minds” (See: Metonymy)

turn back

Quote: ἐπιστρέψωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase they might turn back is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they repent” (See: Idiom)

I would heal them

Quote: ἰάσομαι αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase I will heal them is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:16

But blessed {are} your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear

Quote: ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, see and hear are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: Synecdoche)

your … your

Quote: ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Both occurrences of your are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

and your ears, for they hear

Quote: καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 13:17

to you … you see, … you hear

Quote: ὑμῖν & βλέπετε & ἀκούετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

All occurrences of you are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

what you see

Quote: ἃ βλέπετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase what you see is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

and did not see

Quote: καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not see these things. Alternate translation: “but did not see them because they lived before my time” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

what you hear

Quote: ἃ ἀκούετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the things you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:18

You, therefore, listen to the parable of the sower

Quote: ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: Parables)

Matthew 13:19

Everyone hearing

Quote: παντὸς ἀκούοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People hearing” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

the word of the kingdom

Quote: τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The phrase the word is referring to the entire message about the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: Synecdoche)

the word of the kingdom

Quote: τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word kingdom is referring to the circumstance where God will rule, and people will gladly submit to his rule over them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God will rule over them” (See: Metonymy)

of the kingdom

Quote: τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

the evil one comes and snatches away {what} had been sown in his heart

Quote: ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were like a bird who snatches away seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it had been sown in a person’s heart. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message from their heart” (See: Metaphor)

the evil one

Quote: ὁ πονηρὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the evil one refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one,” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

what} had been sown in his heart

Quote: τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: Active or Passive)

in his heart

Quote: ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word heart is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: Metonymy)

This is {what} was sown beside the road

Quote: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is sown on the hard surface alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: Metaphor)

beside the road

Quote: παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν (1)

See how you translated this in 13:4.

Matthew 13:20

the one having been sown

Quote: ὁ & σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the one having been sown is talking about the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

this is the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy

Quote: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is comparing the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives the message has not fully believed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: Metaphor)

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

See how you translated word in the previous verse. (See: Synecdoche)

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the word in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

this is the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy

Jesus is speaking about believing as if they were receiving God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:21

but he has no root in himself but is temporary

Quote: οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression, but he has no root in himself, but is temporary, means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: Idiom)

but is temporary

Quote: ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, the second word but introduces a contrast. What follows the word but is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather, is temporary (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

and tribulation or persecution having happened because of the word

Quote: γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of tribulation and persecution, you could express the same ideas with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for when people afflict and persecute him because of the word” (See: Abstract Nouns)

the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

See how you translated word in the previous verse. (See: Synecdoche)

immediately he is caused to stumble

Quote: εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The expression to stumble means that he no longer believes God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:22

the one having been sown

Quote: ὁ & σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was sown among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Now the one having been sown among the thorns

Quote: ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς (1)

See how you translated thorns in 13:7

the word, … the word

Quote: τὸν λόγον (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

See how you translated the word in the previous verse. (See: Synecdoche)

the worry of this age

Quote: ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the worry of this age is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fretting about the expense of living” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the deceitfulness of riches

Quote: ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Jesus speaks of riches as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in wealth” (See: Personification)

it becomes unfruitful

Quote: ἄκαρπος γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents not obeying what God wants them to do. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not do what God wants him to do” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:23

the one having been sown on the good soil

Quote: ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the good soil. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

who indeed bears fruit and yields

Quote: ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the phrase who indeed produces a crop and yields means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God, giving fruit” (See: Metaphor)

yields, some 100, and some 60, and some 30

Quote: ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: Ellipsis)

100, … 60, … 30

Quote: ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “one hundred times … sixty … thirty” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 13:24

He set before them another parable, saying

Quote: ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells another story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: Parables)

He set before them another parable

Quote: ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the term set before them means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: Metaphor)

them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

It is unknown to whom the pronoun them refers. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 13:24-30

The kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man having sown good seed in his field

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is explaining about the kingdom of the heavens by using the entire story through 13:30. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: Simile)

Matthew 13:24

The kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated The kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

good seed

Quote: καλὸν σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here good seed is referring to seed that produces the desired crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed that produces useful crops” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:25

darnel

Quote: ζιζάνια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, darnel is a plant that looks like food, but the grain that it produces in poisonous. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:27

of the master of the house

Quote: τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου (1)

The landowner is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.

did you not sow good seed in your field

Quote: οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

did you not sow

Quote: οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:28

But he was saying to them

Quote: ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς (1)

Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”

we would gather them

Quote: συλλέξωμεν αὐτά (1)

The word we refers to the servants.

Matthew 13:29

But he says

Quote: ὁ δέ φησιν (1)

Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”

Matthew 13:30

I will say to the reapers, “First gather the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up but gather the wheat into my barn

Quote: ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

barn

Quote: τὴν ἀποθήκην (1)

A barn is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, housing animals, and sheltering other farm items.

Matthew 13:31

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: Connecting Statement: (0)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

Connecting Statement:

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by beginning to tell a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: Parables)

The kingdom of the heavens is like

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

a mustard seed

Quote: κόκκῳ σινάπεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:32

which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds

Quote: ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

The phrase which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds shows how small the seed is compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed is the smallest of any seed” (See: Background Information)

becomes a tree

Quote: γίνεται δένδρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase becomes a tree is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 13:33

The kingdom of the heavens is like yeast

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

In this passage, Jesus is comparing the kingdom of the heavens with yeast. Jesus is saying that, just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. (See: Simile)

The kingdom of the heavens is like

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated The kingdom of the heavens in 4:2. (See: Metonymy)

yeast that a woman, having taken, mixed with three seahs of flour until it was all leavened

Quote: ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Bakers use yeast to act upon the bread dough, causing it to swell due to a chemical reaction that produces air bubbles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread dough swell” (See: Translate Unknowns)

three seahs of flour

Quote: ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: Biblical Volume)

Matthew 13:34

All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds, and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The phrases All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things to the crowds in parables” (See: Parallelism)

All these things

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase All these things is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught,” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

he was speaking nothing to them without a parable

Quote: χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: Double Negatives)

Matthew 13:35

what} had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: Active or Passive)

through the prophet … saying

Quote: διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

I will open my mouth in parables

Quote: ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase I will open my mouth in parables to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: Metonymy)

what} has been hidden

Quote: κεκρυμμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: Active or Passive)

from the foundation of the world

Quote: ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of foundation, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 13:36

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

Jesus is using the word translated Then to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Matthew 13:37

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the first person, as modelled by UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 13:38

the sons of the kingdom. … the sons of the evil one

Quote: οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας & οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase sons of the kingdom is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase sons of the evil one is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: Idiom)

of the kingdom

Quote: τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:40

Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered and burned with fire, thus it will be at the end of the age

Quote: ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen when God judges the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers when he judges the world” (See: Simile)

thus it will be at the end of the age

Quote: οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

The word thus means "like this," and it tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain the meaning of the parable in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the end days, it will be like this:” (See: Connecting Words and Phrases)

Matthew 13:41

The Son of Man will send out his angels

Quote: ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

See how you translated Son of Man in 13:37. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

from his kingdom

Quote: ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term kingdom here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the whole world, which he rules over,” (See: Metonymy)

all the stumbling blocks

Quote: πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the phrase stumbling blocks is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the one causing others to sin” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:42

the furnace of fire

Quote: τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a furnace of fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: Metaphor)

weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Matthew 13:43

the righteous

Quote: οἱ δίκαιοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

will shine as the sun

Quote: ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is describing the righteous as if they were shining like the sun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: Simile)

in the kingdom

Quote: ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term kingdom to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “when they are dwelling with God” (See: Metonymy)

of their Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

The one having ears let him hear

Quote: ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated a similar phrase in 11:15. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:44-46

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

In 13:44-46, Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: Parables)

Matthew 13:44

The kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure hidden in a field

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the kingdom of the heavens with when a person finds treasure. He is saying that God's kingdom is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: Simile)

The kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

hidden

Quote: κεκρυμμένῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: Active or Passive)

a treasure

Quote: θησαυρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:45

seeking fine pearls

Quote: ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The author is implying here that the man is seeking fine pearls because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Again, the kingdom of the heavens is like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls

Quote: πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the kingdom of God with fine pearls. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly, as expressed in the UST (See: Simile)

the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

a man, a merchant

Quote: ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A merchant is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and takes it elsewhere to sell it to other people. If your readers would not understand the word merchant, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: Translate Unknowns)

fine pearls

Quote: καλοὺς μαργαρίτας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a creature that lives at the bottom of the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:47

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

General Information

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: Parables)

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in 13:49, so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: When to Keep Information Implicit)

the kingdom of the heavens is like a net having been cast into the sea, and having gathered from every kind

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus compares the kingdom of the heavens with how a net catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net cast into the see gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: Simile)

the kingdom of the heavens is like

Quote: ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

like a net having been cast into the sea

Quote: ὁμοία & σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 13:48

it was filled

Quote: ἐπληρώθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: Active or Passive)

the good things … the rotten things

Quote: τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives good and worthless as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 13:49

The angels will go out

Quote: ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus does not say where the angels go out from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the wicked … the righteous

Quote: τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives wicked and righteous as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 13:50

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)

See how you translated this verse in 13:42.

Matthew 13:51

Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes

Quote: συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 13:52

having been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: Parables)

every scribe … is like a man, the master of the house, who brings forth new and old from his treasure

Quote: πᾶς γραμματεὺς & ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing a scribe who obeys Jesus with a man who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is bringing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or “every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people whom they teach” (See: Simile)

his treasure

Quote: τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated treasure in 13:44. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:53

And it happened that when Jesus finished these parables, he departed from there

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to others is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: End of Story)

Matthew 13:54

And having come to his hometown

Quote: καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Jesus is using the phrase And having entered into his hometown to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

his hometown

Quote: τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, his hometown refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

From where to this one {is} this wisdom and these miracles

Quote: πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:55

Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James and Joseph and Simon and Judas

Quote: οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

the son of the carpenter

Quote: ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word carpenter here is referring to someone who builds with wood. If your readers would not understand the word carpenter, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: Translate Unknowns)

the son of the carpenter

Quote: ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase the carpenter to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ earthly father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:56

are not all his sisters with us

Quote: αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

From where, therefore, to this one {are} all these things

Quote: πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

are} all these things

Quote: ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, all these things refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:57

they were being caused to stumble on him

Quote: ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: Active or Passive)

A prophet is not without honor

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored,” (See: Double Negatives)

his hometown

Quote: τῇ πατρίδι (1)

See how you translated hometown in 4:2.

in his house

Quote: ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus uses the phrase in his house to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:58

And he did not do many miracles there, because of their unbelief

Quote: καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 14

Matthew 14 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see 4:12). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: Background Information)

Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that thing to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter (14:11). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 14:2

And he said to his servants, “This is John the Baptist. He has been raised from the dead, and because of this the powers work in him

Quote: καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

He has been raised from the dead

Quote: αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: Active or Passive)

because of this the powers work in him

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Jesus speaks of the miraculous powers as if they were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: Personification)

Matthew 14:3-12

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

From here until 14:12, Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: Background Information)

Matthew 14:3

For Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison

Quote: ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, Herod had John arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

For Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison

Quote: ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The events described by arrested, bound and put in prison happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then put him in prison” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

For Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison

Quote: ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term Herod to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and put him in prison” (See: Metonymy)

the wife of … Philip

Quote: τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Philip was the name of a man who was Herod’s brother. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 14:4

For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her

Quote: ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 14:6

in the midst

Quote: ἐν τῷ μέσῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing in the midst of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

But the birthday of Herod having come

Quote: γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And as they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 14:8

Now she, having been urged beforehand by her mother

Quote: ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now she, because her mother urged her beforehand” (See: Active or Passive)

a platter

Quote: πίνακι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what the word platter means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large serving plate” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 14:9

And the king was grieved

Quote: καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: Active or Passive)

he commanded {it} to be given

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that the soldiers give to her” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 14:11

his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl

Quote: ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: Active or Passive)

a platter

Quote: πίνακι (1)

See how you translated platter in verse 14:8.

Matthew 14:12

having come, they reported {this} to Jesus

Quote: ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The disciples came to Jesus to tell him what happened to John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 14:13

Now, having heard, Jesus withdrew from there in a boat to a desolate place by himself

Quote: ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to an empty place by himself” (See: Background Information)

Jesus

Quote: ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

on foot

Quote: πεζῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, on foot is an idiom meaning that they walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation, with a preceding comma: “walking” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 14:15

the hour has already passed by

Quote: ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 14:16

You give them

Quote: δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

The word You is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 14:17

except five loaves

Quote: εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “since we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

Matthew 14:19

having looked up to heaven

Quote: ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, looked up to heaven is symbolic for praying. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: Symbolic Action)

he blessed, and having broken {them

Quote: εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: Ellipsis)

and the disciples to the crowds

Quote: οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 14:20

and were satisfied

Quote: καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: until they felt satisfied" (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 14:21

5,000 men

Quote: ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 14:22

he compelled the disciples to get into the boat and to go before him to the other side, while he sent the crowds away

Quote: ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthew is providing background information for the next story, about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and precede him to the other side while he was sending away the crowds (See: Background Information)

Matthew 14:24

But the boat was already in the middle of the sea being tormented by the waves, for the wind was against {it

Quote: τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: Background Information)

Matthew 14:25

Now in the fourth watch of the night

Quote: τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what fourth watch means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 14:26

saying, “… a ghost

Quote: λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 14:30

seeing the strong wind

Quote: βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν (1)

Here, seeing the strong wind means he observed the turbulent effect the powerful gusts had on the water. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the strong wind was causing large waves”

Matthew 14:31

why did you doubt

Quote: εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, doubt is referring to Peter not trusting that Jesus could keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

why did you doubt

Quote: εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 14:33

the Son of God

Quote: Θεοῦ Υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 14:34

And having crossed over

Quote: καὶ διαπεράσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that they crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Gennesaret

Quote: Γεννησαρέτ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Gennesaret is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 14:35

all

Quote: πάντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Here, all does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 14:36

were healed

Quote: διεσώθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation, preceded by a comma: “Jesus healed them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15

Matthew 15 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The “traditions of the elders”

The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God)

Jews and Gentiles

The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Sheep

The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep require someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where predatory animals can easily kill and eat them . (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 15:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Matthew 15:2

Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders

Quote: διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elders!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

the tradition of the elders

Quote: τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the traditions of the elders is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous leaders created” (See: Translate Unknowns)

they do not wash their hands

Quote: οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not follow the ritual of washing their hands of their impurities” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 15:3

Why do you also transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition

Quote: διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 15:4

Honor your father and your mother,’ and ‘The one speaking evil of his father or mother, let him end in death

Quote: τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 15:5

is} a gift

Quote: δῶρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It might be necessary in your language to say for whom the gift is intended. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

But you say, ‘Whoever says to his father or mother, “Whatever you might have benefited from me {is} a gift

Quote: ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever might have been helpful from me is a gift’” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 15:6

father

Quote: πατέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word father implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

you have set aside the word of God

Quote: ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase the word of God is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have voided God’s commandments” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 15:7

Hypocrites

Quote: ὑποκριταί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations

Jesus calls them hypocrites in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: Exclamations)

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “when he said” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Matthew 15:8

This people honors me with their lips

Quote: ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Isaiah, whom Jesus is quoting, is using the term lips to mean the spoken word. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” or “This people honors me with their words” (See: Metonymy)

me … me

Quote: με & ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, both uses of the word me are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

heart

Quote: ἡ & καρδία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term heart to mean a person’s inner thoughts or desires. Alternate translation: “desire” (See: Metonymy)

but their heart is far away from me

Quote: ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase far away from me is an idiom meaning that they do not love God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not love me in their hearts” (See: Idiom)

but

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, but contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

Matthew 15:9

commandments of men

Quote: ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

James is using the possessive form to describe these commandments as things which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: Possession)

Matthew 15:11

What enters into the mouth does not defile the man, but what comes out from the mouth, this defiles the man

Quote: οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase enters into the mouth to mean that which a person eats. He is using the phrase comes out from the mouth to mean what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles him, but what a person says, this is what defiles him” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 15:12

the Pharisees, … were caused to stumble

Quote: οἱ Φαρισαῖοι & ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees … were upset” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15:13

Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted

Quote: πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who uproots the plants, judging them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: Metaphor)

my heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

The phrase my heavenly Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

will be uprooted

Quote: ἐκριζωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15:14

them

Quote: αὐτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word them refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

They are blind guides But if a blind one guides a blind one, both will fall into a pit

Quote: ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to guide other blind people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God, because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like sightless guides. But if the sightless guide leads the sightless person along, both will fall into a hole” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 15:15

to us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

By us, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 15:16

Are you also still without understanding

Quote: ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 15:17

Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine

Quote: οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that goes into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: Rhetorical Question)

the latrine

Quote: ἀφεδρῶνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, latrine is a word which means the place where people bury bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 15:18

the things coming out from the mouth

Quote: τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase proceeding out of the mouth to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: Metonymy)

the heart

Quote: τῆς καρδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term heart to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 15:20

man, … man

Quote: ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

Matthew 15:21

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Jesus withdrew

Quote: ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 15:22

behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out from those regions

Quote: ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is using the phrase behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out to introduce the Canaanite woman as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from their region” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants)

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

My daughter is severely demon-possessed

Quote: ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15:23

did not answer her a word

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the phrase he did not answer her a word to mean that he did not respond at all to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he kept silent” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 15:24

I was not sent

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεστάλην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: Active or Passive)

I was not sent, except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

to the lost sheep of the house of Israel

Quote: εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is referring to the people of Israel who have gone astray as lost sheep. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 15:25

bowed down to him

Quote: προσεκύνει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, bowed down to him was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 15:26

It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: Proverbs)

the bread

Quote: τὸν ἄρτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus is using bread to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nourishment" (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 15:27

also the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters

Quote: καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are wasting. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: Metaphor)

the little dogs

Quote: τὰ κυνάρια (1)

See how you translated little dogs in the previous verse.

Matthew 15:28

let it be done

Quote: γενηθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: Active or Passive)

her daughter was healed

Quote: ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: Active or Passive)

from that hour

Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, from that hour is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 15:29

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Matthew 15:30

the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute

Quote: χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

they laid them at his feet

Quote: ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase they laid them at his feet is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: Idiom)

them

Quote: αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word them is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 15:31

the mute … the crippled … the lame … the blind

Quote: κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 15:33

From where {would be} to us in a desolate place so many loaves so as to satisfy so large a crowd

Quote: πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: Rhetorical Question).

Matthew 15:34

Seven

Quote: ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation, with following comma deleted: “We have seven loaves” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 15:36

and the disciples to the crowds

Quote: οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 15:38

4,000 men

Quote: τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 15:39

of Magadan

Quote: Μαγαδάν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 16

Matthew 16 General Notes

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Yeast

Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: Metaphor)

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Metaphor

Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: Metaphor)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Background information

Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so that Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.

Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” (Matthew 16:25).

Matthew 16:1

testing {him

Quote: πειράζοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, testing is used in a negative sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 16:4

An evil and adulterous generation

Quote: γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

See how you translated this in 12:39. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

An evil and adulterous generation

Quote: γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, adulterous is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in 12:39. (See: Metaphor)

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: Active or Passive)

except the sign of Jonah

Quote: εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ (1)

See how you translated this in 12:39. Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”

Matthew 16:5

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Jesus is using the word translated And to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

the other side

Quote: τὸ πέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the opposite shore” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 16:6

the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, yeast is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as yeast here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:8

You of little faith

Quote: ὀλιγόπιστοι (1)

See how you translated this in 6:30.

You of little faith, why are you reasoning among yourselves that you do not have loaves

Quote: τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 16:9

Do you not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received

Quote: οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

of the 5,000

Quote: τῶν πεντακισχιλίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 16:10

Nor the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received

Quote: οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

of the 4,000

Quote: τῶν τετρακισχιλίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 16:11

How do you not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves

Quote: πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees

Quote: τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, yeast represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:12

they understood

Quote: συνῆκαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples realized” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 16:13

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Jesus is using the word translated Now to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

the Son of Man

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 16:16

the Son of the living God

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

of the living God

Quote: τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Peter uses the phrase living God to speaking about God as being alive. This is to contrast God, the only true God, with the other gods, who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 16:17

Blessed are you, Simon Bar Jonah, because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens

Quote: μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Simon Bar Jonah

Quote: Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Bar is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah” (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens

Quote: σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

flesh and blood did not reveal this

Quote: σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus is using flesh and blood to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” or "people" (See: Synecdoche)

did not reveal this

Quote: οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun this refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

but my Father in the heavens

Quote: ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: Ellipsis)

my Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 16:18

that you are Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church

Quote: ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Here, Jesus uses the imagery of Peter as a rock. The name Peter means rock. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST. (See: How to Translate Names)

upon this rock I will build my church

Quote: ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, build my church is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase this rock could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in 16:16. Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: Metaphor)

the gates of Hades will not prevail against it

Quote: πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term Hades to mean death. He is using the term gate to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 16:19

I will give to you

Quote: δώσω σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is singular and refers to Peter. (See: Forms of You)

the keys of the kingdom of the heavens, and

Quote: τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus is using the term keys to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse as describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: Metaphor)

the keys

Quote: τὰς κλεῖδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, keys are things used to unlock a door or gate so that people can enter or exit a place. And keys can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened, and people cannot go through it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

of the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

whatever you bind on the earth will have been bound in the heavens, and whatever you loose on the earth will have been loosed in the heavens

Quote: ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, bound is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and loosed is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth will be forbidden in heaven, and whatever you allow on the earth will be allowed in the heavens” (See: Metaphor)

in the heavens, … in the heavens

Quote: ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς (-1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase in the heavens to mean by God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 16:21

to go to Jerusalem and to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes and to be killed and to be raised on the third day

Quote: εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Here, everything that Jesus says will happen to him: that he is to go to Jerusalem, to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes, to be killed, to be raised on the third day, will happen as he said. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed, and afterwards, to be raised on the third day” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

to be raised

Quote: ἐγερθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to be raised is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be brought back to life” (See: Idiom)

to be raised on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day” (See: Active or Passive)

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 16:22

Merciful to you

Quote: ἵλεώς σοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Merciful to you is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 16:23

Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me

Quote: ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus calls Peter Satan. This is because Peter is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a stumbling block, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:24

If anyone wants

Quote: εἴ τις θέλει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word anyone represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “If a person wants” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

to come after me

Quote: ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to come after me is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple” (See: Idiom)

take up his cross

Quote: ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The cross here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 16:25

For whoever wants

Quote: ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

By using the word whoever, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For any person who desires” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

will lose it

Quote: ἀπολέσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, lose it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: Euphemism)

will find it

Quote: εὑρήσει αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, find it means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:26

For what will a man benefit if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life

Quote: τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not profit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: Rhetorical Question)

a man

Quote: ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

if he gains the whole world

Quote: ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: Hyperbole)

Or what will a man give in exchange for his life

Quote: ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 16:27

the Son of Man is about … his … he will repay

Quote: μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

of his Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 16:28

to you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

will certainly not taste death

Quote: οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase taste death is an idiom which means to experience death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: Idiom)

who will certainly not taste death

Quote: οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: Abstract Nouns)

until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom

Quote: ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term coming in his kingdom to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people” (See: Metonymy)

the Son of Man

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

See how you translated the Son of Man in the previous verse. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 17

Matthew 17 General Notes

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Elijah

The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess and Christ, Messiah)

“transfigured”

Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: glory, glorious, glorify and fear, afraid, frighten)

Matthew 17:1

And after six days

Quote: καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The phrase translated And six days later indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happen” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

Matthew 17:2

he was transfigured

Quote: μετεμορφώθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: Active or Passive)

before them

Quote: ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, before them is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: Idiom)

his face shone as the sun, and his garments became white as the light

Quote: ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The phrases his face shone like the sun and his garments became brilliant as the light are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: Simile)

Matthew 17:4

Lord, it is good for us to be here

Quote: Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By us Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

tents

Quote: σκηνάς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, shelters are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 17:5

overshadowed them

Quote: ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς (1)

Here, overshadowed could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people's view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”

a voice from the cloud

Quote: φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term voice to mean sounds from God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 17:6

And having heard, the disciples

Quote: καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ (1)

Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”

fell on their face

Quote: ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, fell on their face is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 17:7

having touched them, said, “Get up and do not be afraid

Quote: ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 17:8

they saw no one except only Jesus himself

Quote: οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

Matthew 17:9

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternative translation: "I, the Son of Man" (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 17:12

they did … them

Quote: ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns they and them refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

See how you translated Son of Man in 17:9. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 17:13

Then the disciples understood that he spoke to them about John the Baptist

Quote: τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

Matthew 17:15

have mercy on my son

Quote: ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated have mercy in 15:22. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

he is epileptic

Quote: σεληνιάζεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, epileptic is a condition where someone's body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 17:17

unbelieving

Quote: ἄπιστος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective unbelieving as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you

Quote: ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 17:18

the boy was healed

Quote: ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed” (See: Active or Passive)

from that hour

Quote: ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, from that hour is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 17:19

we

Quote: ἡμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By we, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

it

Quote: αὐτό (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 17:20

if you had faith like a mustard seed

Quote: ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a mustard seed with the amount of faith necessary to move a mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: Simile)

nothing will be impossible for you

Quote: οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun nothing and the negative word impossible. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: Double Negatives)

Matthew 17:22

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

The Son of Man is about

Quote: μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am about” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

The Son of Man is about to be handed over

Quote: μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” (See: Active or Passive)

The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the hands of men

Quote: μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The word hands here is a metonym expressing possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that those men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 17:23

him, … he will be raised up

Quote: αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

he will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, he will be raised up is an idiom that means God will bring Jesus back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: Idiom)

he will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 17:24

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

the two-drachma tax

Quote: τὰ δίδραχμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the two-drachma tax is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the two-drachma tax

Quote: τὰ δίδραχμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A drachma was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days' wages” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 17:25

From their sons

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term sons to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 17:26

the sons

Quote: οἱ υἱοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

See how you translated sons in the previous verse. (See: Kinship)

Matthew 17:27

throw in a fishhook

Quote: βάλε ἄγκιστρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Fishermen tied a fishhook, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a shekel

Quote: στατῆρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A shekel was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth four days’ wages” (See: Biblical Money)

on behalf of me and you

Quote: ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is singular and refers to Peter. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 18

Matthew 18 General Notes

Special Concepts in this Chapter

What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?

Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as though he had been judged to be guilty. (See: repent, repentance and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Matthew 18:1

At that hour

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, At that hour is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Right then” (See: Idiom)

in the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:3

unless you turn and become like little children, you will certainly not enter

Quote: ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “if you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: Double Negatives)

unless you turn and become like little children, you will certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

become like little children

Quote: γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child who does not care about being the greatest but obeys Jesus, they will not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: Simile)

the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:4

Therefore, whoever will humble himself like this little child

Quote: ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Connecting Statement:

Here, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a little child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, he who becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: Simile)

whoever

Quote: ὅστις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word whoever represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

in the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:5

whoever

Quote: ὃς ἐὰν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

receives a little child like this

Quote: δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase little child is referring to the people who act like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

in my name

Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase in my name to mean “because he is my disciple.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:6

that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung around his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea

Quote: ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea” (See: Active or Passive)

But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stumble

Quote: ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The word stumble usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, stumble is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in me” (See: Metaphor)

a millstone

Quote: μύλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A millstone is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you could use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 18:7

to the world

Quote: τῷ κόσμῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term world to mean the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people” (See: Metonymy)

the stumbling blocks! … the stumbling blocks … to the man through whom the stumbling block comes

Quote: τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A stumbling block is something that causes people to trip and fall. Here, it is referring to people who cause others to sin. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who cause others to sin … people who cause others to sin … to the person who causes other people to sin” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 18:8

Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you

Quote: εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: Hyperbole)

causes you to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, stumble means to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

your … you … you. … for you

Quote: σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

All occurrences of your and you are singular. Jesus is speaking individually to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: Forms of You)

into life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus says life to refer to eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life with God in heaven” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

than, having two hands or two feet, to be thrown into the eternal fire

Quote: ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:9

And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw {it} away from you

Quote: καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says And if your eye causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: Hyperbole)

if your eye causes you to stumble

Quote: εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Jesus speaks of an eye as if it were able to cause a person to stumble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if your eye lets you see things that cause you to stumble” (See: Personification)

causes you to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλίζει σε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated stumble in the previous verse. (See: Metaphor)

your … you … you. … for you

Quote: σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

All occurrences of your and you are singular although Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: Forms of You)

into life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated life in the previous verse. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

than, having two eyes, to be thrown into the Gehenna of fire

Quote: ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:10

See that

Quote: ὁρᾶτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See is an idiom that here means “be sure that.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: Idiom)

one of these little ones

Quote: ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)

See how you translated little ones in 18:6.

you would not despise

Quote: μὴ καταφρονήσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “you would treat well” (See: Double Negatives)

in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father in the heavens

Quote: οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

always look on the face of my Father

Quote: διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, always look on the face of my Father is an idiom that means that they are in his presence continually. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” (See: Idiom)

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 18:12

What do you think

Quote: τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to get the people's attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

a certain man

Quote: τινι ἀνθρώπῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase a certain man represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone, does he not seek the one having gone astray

Quote: οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 18:14

In the same way, it is not the will before your Father in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish

Quote: οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people is wandering from him and is brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not want any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” (See: Simile)

your

Quote: ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, your is plural. (See: Forms of You)

Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in the heavens

Quote: τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:15

your brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Here the term brother specifically means fellow believers that are like brothers in a family. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: Kinship)

But if your brother sins against you go, reprove him between you and him alone

Quote: ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to reprove him privately” (See: Hypothetical Situations)

If he listens to you, you have gained your brother

Quote: ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you. Then you have gained your brother” (See: Hypothetical Situations)

Matthew 18:16

so that ‘by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified

Quote: ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, mouth and word both refer to what a person says. (See: Metonymy)

But if he does not listen, take with you yet one or two {others

Quote: ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they sinned against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you” (See: Hypothetical Situations)

so that ‘by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified

Quote: ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: Active or Passive)

take with you yet one or two {others}, so that ‘by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified

Quote: παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “In order that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every accusation might stand, bring one or two people with you” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 18:17

But if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church. But … he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector

Quote: ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Translate the hypothetical phrases if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church and if he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector the way that you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: Hypothetical Situations)

let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector

Quote: ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen with a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them as you would treat a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer” (See: Simile)

Matthew 18:18

whatever you bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on the earth will be released in heaven

Quote: ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the words bind and release in 16:19. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 18:19

if two of you

Quote: ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Jesus implies that he means not only two, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

it will be done for them by my Father

Quote: γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father will do it for them” (See: Active or Passive)

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in the heavens

Quote: ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in the heavens in 5:16 (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:20

in my name

Quote: εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase in my name to mean himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they belong to me” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:21

how often will my brother sin against me and I will forgive him

Quote: ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the first phrase describes the reason for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother because he sinned against me” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

my brother

Quote: ὁ ἀδελφός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Here the term brother specifically means another disciple of Jesus. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: Kinship)

Matthew 18:22

77 times

Quote: ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers

This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language, or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 18:23

the kingdom of the heavens is compared to

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

The phrase the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in 13:24. (See: Parables)

to take up a word together with his slaves

Quote: συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to settle accounts means to look at how much each of his slaves owes him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to figure out how much his debtors owed him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 18:24

one debtor of 10,000 talents was brought to him

Quote: προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone brought him a large debtor who owed 10,000 talents to him” (See: Active or Passive)

of 10,000 talents

Quote: μυρίων ταλάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A talent was worth about a days wage, so 10,000 talents would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who owed an unpayable amount of money” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 18:25

the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and repayment to be made

Quote: ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:26

So, having fallen down, the slave was bowing down before

Quote: πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In their culture, bowing down was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: Symbolic Action)

have patience

Quote: μακροθύμησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient” (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

Matthew 18:27

forgave him the debt

Quote: τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, forgave him his debt is an idiom that means the slave no longer had to pay the debt that he owed the king. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made it so that the slave did not have to pay his debt” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 18:28

100 denarii

Quote: ἑκατὸν δηνάρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 days' wages” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 18:29

having fallen down

Quote: πεσὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this in 18:26. (See: Symbolic Action)

Have patience

Quote: μακροθύμησον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

See how you translated Have patience in 18:26. (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

Matthew 18:30

he threw him into prison

Quote: ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, he threw him into prison is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him in prison” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 18:31

his fellow slaves

Quote: οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ (1)

Alternate translation: “the other slaves”

they explained to their master

Quote: διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν (1)

Alternate translation: “they told the king”

Matthew 18:32

Then, having summoned him, his master

Quote: τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ (1)

Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”

Matthew 18:33

Was it not necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you

Quote: οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The king uses a question to scold the first slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 18:34

handed him over

Quote: παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “ordered his slaves to give the wicked slave over” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to the torturers

Quote: τοῖς βασανισταῖς (1)

Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”

that is owed

Quote: τὸ ὀφειλόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the wicked slave owed the king” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:35

my heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

to you, … each of you … your

Quote: ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

All occurrences of you and your are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: Forms of You)

out of your hearts

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: Metonymy)

out of your hearts

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase from your heart is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 19

Matthew 19 General Notes

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Divorce

Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong (19:3-12). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Metonymy

Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (1:12).

Matthew 19:1

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: General Information: (0)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

General Information:

Matthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

when Jesus had finished these words

Quote: ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The phrase translated when Jesus had finished these words at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said all of these things” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

had finished these words

Quote: ἐτέλεσεν & τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, these words refers to what Jesus taught starting in 18:1. Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:4

Have you not read that the one having made {them} from the beginning ‘made them male and female

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have certainly read that the one having made them from the beginning made them male and female” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 19:5

and said

Quote: καὶ εἶπεν (1)

Here, Jesus quotes a quotation from Genesis 2:23. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh

Quote: καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. (See: Rhetorical Question)

and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

will be joined to his wife

Quote: κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will come together with his wife” (See: Active or Passive)

will be joined to his wife

Quote: κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, he will be joined to his wife is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) he will be associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. (See: Idiom)

the two will be one flesh

Quote: ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, two people, a man and woman, are spoken of as if they can become one person. They do not actually become one person, but are so close to each other that it Is as if they are one person. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will become like one flesh” (See: Metaphor)

flesh

Quote: σάρκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term flesh to mean body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “body” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:6

So then, they are no longer two, but one flesh

Quote: ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: Metaphor)

flesh

Quote: σὰρξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated flesh in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

man

Quote: ἄνθρωπος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “a person” to indicate this. (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

Matthew 19:7

Why then did Moses command {us} to give a certificate of divorce

Quote: τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Moses did not tell the people to divorce their wives, but he gave the men a way to do it if they insisted. This might be confusing to your readers, as it might sound like Moses is telling the people to divorce their wives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why did Moses permit us to give a certificate of divorce” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a certificate of divorce

Quote: βιβλίον ἀποστασίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A certificate of divorce is a document that legally ends a marriage. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 19:8

Because of your hardness of heart, Moses allowed you to divorce your wives

Quote: ὅτι Μωϋσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Moses permitted you to send away your wives because of your hardness of heart” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Because of your hardness of heart

Quote: πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase hardness of heart is a metaphor that means stubbornness. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are so stubborn” (See: Metaphor)

from the beginning

Quote: ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase from the beginning to mean when God created man and woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God created man and woman,” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:9

whoever

Quote: ὃς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

whoever divorces his wife, except for sexual immorality, and marries another, commits adultery; and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery

Quote: ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται; καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only if someone divorces his wife because she was sexually immoral does he not commit adultery when he marries another woman” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

marries another

Quote: γαμήσῃ ἄλλην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery

Quote: καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Many early texts do not include these words. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 19:11

to whom it has been given

Quote: οἷς δέδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones to whom God has given it” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 19:12

there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men

Quote: εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there are eunuchs whom men made eunuchs” (See: Active or Passive)

eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs

Quote: εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their sexual organs, as represented in the UST. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. Alternate translation: “eunuchs who remain unmarried” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

because of the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated kingdom of the heavens in 3:2. Alternate translation: “in order to serve God, who rules as king from heaven” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:13

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Connecting Statement:

Matthew is using the word translated Then to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

little children were brought to him

Quote: προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 19:14

do not forbid

Quote: μὴ κωλύετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate the double negative do not forbid. Alternate translation: “allow them” (See: Double Negatives)

Permit the little children, and do not forbid them to come to me

Quote: ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The phrases Permit the little children and do not forbid mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You should allow the little children to come to me” (See: Parallelism)

for of the ones such as these is the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 19:12. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:17

Why do you ask me about {what is} good

Quote: τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the young man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not ask me about what is good!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

One is good

Quote: εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Jesus says One is good, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God alone is good” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to enter into life

Quote: εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to enter into life is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 19:21

to the poor

Quote: πτωχοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

you will have treasure in the heavens

Quote: ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The phrase treasure in the heavens is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

follow me

Quote: ἀκολούθει μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term follow me to mean “be one of my disciples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be one of my disciples” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:22

the young man, … the word, went away being grieved, for he was having many possessions

Quote: ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many possessions, so he went away being grieved” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 19:23

a rich {person

Quote: πλούσιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

will enter difficultly into the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the kingdom of the heavens in 19:12. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:24

it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God

Quote: εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: Hyperbole)

an eye of a needle

Quote: τρήματος ῥαφίδος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, eye of a needle is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sewing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 19:25

Then who is able to be saved

Quote: τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Who then will God save” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 19:26

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand,” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

men

Quote: ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

Matthew 19:27

we left everything

Quote: ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Peter is using the adjective everything as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 19:28

in the renewal

Quote: ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase in the renewal to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it,” (See: Metonymy)

when the Son of Man sits on his throne of glory

Quote: ὅταν καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

sits on his throne of glory

Quote: καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term throne to mean when he is going to rule as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rules over the world as king” (See: Metonymy)

also will sit upon 12 thrones

Quote: καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated "throne" in the previous note. (See: Metonymy)

the 12 tribes of Israel

Quote: τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term tribes to mean the people who belong to those tribes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:29

for the sake of my name

Quote: ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term name to mean his entire person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake” (See: Metonymy)

will inherit eternal life

Quote: ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to inherit eternal life is an idiom that means that God will allow them to live forever with him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live forever with him” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 19:30

first … last, … last, first

Quote: πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι (1)

Jesus is using the terms first and last to mean people's importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: Metonymy)

But many first will be last, and last, first

Quote: πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many whom the world considers most important will be last, and many whom the world considers least important will be first” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 20

Matthew 20 General Notes

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The parable of the landowner and his vineyard

Jesus tells this parable (20:1-16) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.

Matthew 20:1

For the kingdom of the heavens is like

Quote: ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated a similar introduction to a parable in 13:24. (See: Parables)

Matthew 20:2

a denarius for the day

Quote: δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

A denarius was a coin equal to a day's wage for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day's wage” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 20:3

about the third hour

Quote: περὶ τρίτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the third hour is about 9 o'clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the third hour

Quote: τρίτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour three” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

the marketplace

Quote: τῇ ἀγορᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

A marketplace is an outdoor area were people buy and sell food and other goods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 20:5

So they went out

Quote: οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the people standing in the marketplace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The people who were standing in the marketplace went to the vineyard” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

about the sixth and ninth hour

Quote: περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around three in the afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about noon and three in the afternoon” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 20:8

to his manager

Quote: τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, manager is referring to a worker who told the other workers what to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his manager, who was in charge of the workers” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

having begun from the last to the first

Quote: ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, last and first are referring to the workers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having begun from the workers who came last and then paying the workers who came first” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 20:9

a denarius

Quote: δηνάριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated denarius in 20:2. (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 20:10

a denarius

Quote: δηνάριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated denarius in the previous verse. (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 20:12

the ones having borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat

Quote: τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the ones having borne the burden is an idiom that means those who did the most work. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having done the most work for the day in the intense heat” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 20:13

Did you not agree with me for a denarius

Quote: οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers who are grumbling against him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 20:15

Or is it not lawful for me to do what I desire with {what is} mine

Quote: ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is surely lawful for me to do what I desire with my money!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Or is your eye evil because I am good

Quote: ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye is certainly evil because I am good!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 20:16

In the same way, the last will be first, and the first last

Quote: οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι (1)

See how you translated a similar verse in 19:30.

In the same way, the last will be first

Quote: οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι (1)

Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”

Matthew 20:17

going up to Jerusalem

Quote: ἀναβαίνων & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jerusalem is on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 20:18

we are going up

Quote: ἀναβαίνομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Jesus is using the pronoun we to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

the Son of Man will be handed over

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over” (See: Active or Passive)

the Son of Man … him

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … me" (See: First, Second or Third Person)

to death

Quote: θανάτῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 20:19

him … to crucify him. … he will be raised up

Quote: αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … to crucify me … I will be raised up” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

to whip

Quote: μαστιγῶσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, to flog is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

on the third day

Quote: τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days later” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

he will be raised up

Quote: ἀναστήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 20:20

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The word translated Then at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

Matthew 20:21

Say

Quote: εἰπὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please tell me” (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

one at your right hand and one at your left hand

Quote: εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrases at your right hand and at your left hand to mean places of power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “holding in places of power” (See: Metonymy)

in your kingdom

Quote: ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term kingdom to mean when Jesus rules as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you rule as a king over the world” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 20:22

You do not know

Quote: οὐκ οἴδατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

You is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: Forms of You)

Are you able

Quote: δύνασθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: Forms of You)

to drink the cup that I am about to drink

Quote: πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to drink the cup that I am about to drink is an idiom that means to suffer as Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to suffer in the way that I am about to suffer” (See: Idiom)

They say

Quote: λέγουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun They refers to the son of Zebedee. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

We are able

Quote: δυνάμεθα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

By We, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 20:23

My cup you will drink

Quote: τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, My cup you will drink is an idiom that means they will suffer in the same way that Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will suffer just as I will suffer” (See: Idiom)

right hand … my left hand

Quote: δεξιῶν & εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 20:21. (See: Metonymy)

but

Quote: ἀλλ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

for whom it has been prepared by my Father

Quote: οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to the ones that God, my Father, prepared” (See: Active or Passive)

my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 20:24

were very angry with the two brothers

Quote: ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The other ten disciples were angry at the two disciples because they also wanted to be most powerful when Jesus ruled as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two because they likewise wanted to be the most important people when Jesus would rule as king” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 20:26

Instead

Quote: ἀλλ’ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Jesus is comparing what the rulers of the world do with what the disciples should do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

Matthew 20:27

to be first

Quote: εἶναι πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

will be your slave

Quote: ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term servant to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the Christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will serve all of you” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 20:28

the Son of Man … his life

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … my life" (See: First, Second or Third Person)

did not come to be served

Quote: οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did not come for people to serve him” (See: Active or Passive)

but to serve

Quote: ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

but

Quote: ἀλλὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: Connect — Contrast Relationship)

and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many

Quote: καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus’ life being a ransom is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from themselves taking the punishment for their own sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: Metaphor)

and to give his life

Quote: καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to give his life is an idiom that means to die. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 20:29

as} they were going out

Quote: ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were proceeding” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 20:30

Son of David

Quote: Υἱὸς Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

The blind men are using the term Son to mean Descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 20:33

Lord, that our eyes might be opened

Quote: Κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word opened means made able to see. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord, that we might see with our eyes” (See: Metaphor)

that our eyes might be opened

Quote: ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we desire that our eyes might be opened” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 21

Matthew 21 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which is quoted from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

The donkey and the colt

Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there was both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15)

Hosanna

This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”

No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.

Matthew 21:1

when

Quote: ὅτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Matthew is using the word translated when to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Bethphage

Quote: Βηθφαγὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Bethphage is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem. (See: How to Translate Names)

the Mount of Olives

Quote: τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The Mount of Olives is the name of a mountain near the city of Jerusalem. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 21:2

a donkey tied up

Quote: ὄνον δεδεμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a donkey that a person has tied up” (See: Active or Passive)

tied up

Quote: δεδεμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The donkey was tied up to a wooden post in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a colt

Quote: πῶλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, a colt is a young donkey. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 21:3

And if anyone says anything to you, you will say, ‘The Lord has need of them

Quote: καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone says something to you. Then you should say, ‘The Lord has need of them’” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

you will say, ‘The Lord has need of them

Quote: ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you should say that the Lord has need of them” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

The Lord

Quote: ὁ Κύριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness

The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: Politeness)

Matthew 21:4

so that {what} was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled

Quote: ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated a similar phrase in 4:14. (See: Active or Passive)

through the prophet

Quote: διὰ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the prophet whom Matthew is speaking about is Zechariah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the prophet Zechariah” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

saying

Quote: λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Matthew 21:5

the daughter of Zion

Quote: τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The prophet is using the phrase daughter of Zion to mean the people who live in the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who live in the city of Jerusalem” (See: Metaphor)

a colt

Quote: πῶλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated colt in 21:2. (See: Translate Unknowns)

on a colt, a son of a beast of burden

Quote: ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the colt and the foal of a beast of burden are referring to the same animal. The second phrase is describing more about the colt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on a colt, which is a foal of a beast of burden” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a son of a beast of burden

Quote: υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, a foal is the offspring of donkey. A beast of burden is an animal that pulls heavy objects and works. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of a large working animal” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 21:7

cloaks

Quote: τὰ ἱμάτια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated “cloak” in 9:20. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 21:8

crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading {them} on the road

Quote: ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The crowd did these things, which are usually done for a king, to show honor to Jesus. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 21:9

Hosanna … Hosanna

Quote: ὡσαννὰ & ὡσαννὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

Hosanna is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Praise … Praise” (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

to the Son of David

Quote: τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated Son of David in 20:30. (See: Metaphor)

in the name of the Lord

Quote: ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The people are using the term in the name of the Lord to mean one who comes representing God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “representing God” (See: Metonymy)

Hosanna in the highest

Quote: ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The people are using the phrase in the highest places to refer to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 21:10

the whole city was shaken, saying

Quote: ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this stirred the whole city, and its people said” (See: Active or Passive)

the whole city was shaken

Quote: ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term city to mean the people who live in that city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the city were stirred” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 21:11

Nazareth of Galilee

Quote: Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the possessive form tells the reader that Nazareth is a town in the region of Galilee. Alternate translation: “Nazareth, which is in Galilee” (See: Possession)

Matthew 21:12

Jesus entered into the temple

Quote: εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered the courtyard around the temple” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the ones selling and buying

Quote: τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Merchants were selling animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one buying and selling things for temple sacrifices” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 21:13

It has been written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God said in the Scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

It has been written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer,’ but you make it a ‘den of robbers

Quote: γέγραπται ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It has been written that God’s temple would be called a place of prayer, but you have made it a den of robbers” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

My house will be called

Quote: ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People will call my house” (See: Active or Passive)

My house

Quote: ὁ οἶκός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his house because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: Metaphor)

a house of prayer

Quote: οἶκος προσευχῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a house of prayer. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place where people can pray to me” (See: Metaphor)

a ‘den of robbers

Quote: σπήλαιον λῃστῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 21:14

the blind and the lame

Quote: τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjectives blind and lame as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were blind and people who were lame” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

the lame

Quote: χωλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated lame in 11:5. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 21:15

the marvelous things

Quote: τὰ θαυμάσια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase refers implicitly to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in 21:14. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Hosanna

Quote: ὡσαννὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

See how you translated Hosanna* in 21:9. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

to the Son of David

Quote: τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in 21:9. (See: Metaphor)

became very angry

Quote: ἠγανάκτησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that they were very angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 21:16

Do you hear what these are saying

Quote: ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Yes! Have you never read, From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise

Quote: ναί οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the Scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise.’” (See: Rhetorical Question)

From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise

Quote: ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

From the mouths refers to speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to speak in praise of God” (See: Metonymy)

Have you never read, From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Have you not read that God said that from the mouths of infants and young children he would prepare praise” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 21:17

Bethany

Quote: Βηθανίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

The word Bethany is the name of a village near Jerusalem. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 21:18

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Matthew is using the word translated Now to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Matthew 21:19

he went

Quote: ἦλθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: Go and Come)

found nothing on it except leaves only

Quote: οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “found only leaves on it” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

Matthew 21:21

if you have faith and do not doubt, you will not only do {what was} of the fig tree, but also if you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen

Quote: ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what they could do if they had faith in God. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “suppose you have faith and do not doubt. Then you will not only do what I did to the fig tree, but even if you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

if you have faith and do not doubt

Quote: ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: Doublet)

do not doubt

Quote: μὴ διακριθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative word doubt. Alternate translation: “believe” (See: Double Negatives)

you will not only do {what was} of the fig tree

Quote: οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase what was of the fig tree is referring to what Jesus did to the fig tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will not only be able to do what I did to the fig tree” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

also if you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen

Quote: κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea, and it will happen” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Be taken up and be thrown into the sea

Quote: ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Get up and throw yourself into the sea” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 21:23

when} he had come into the temple

Quote: ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Matthew is using temple to represent the temple courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he had come into the courtyard of the temple” (See: Synecdoche)

when} he had come into the temple

Quote: ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

Your language may say “gone” rather than come in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had gone into the temple” (See: Go and Come)

By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority

Quote: ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who authorized you to do these things, and who authorized you in this way” (See: Abstract Nouns)

do you do these things

Quote: ταῦτα ποιεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, these things refers to Jesus teaching in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “teach these things” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 21:25

From heaven

Quote: ἐξ οὐρανοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven to represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: Euphemism)

from men

Quote: ἐξ ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: When Masculine Words Include Women) Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘For what {reason} then did you not believe him

Quote: ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘For what {reason} then did you not believe him

Quote: ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

For what {reason} then did you not believe him

Quote: διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have believed John the Baptist” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 21:26

But if we say, ‘From men

Quote: ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

But if we say, ‘From men,’ we fear the crowd, for they all regard John as a prophet

Quote: ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

The religious leaders uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if they said that John's authority was from man.. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say ‘from men’. Then we fear the crowd, because they all regard John as a prophet” (See: Hypothetical Situations)

for they all regard John as a prophet

Quote: πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

all

Quote: πάντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

The chief priests and elders say all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “generally” (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 21:27

by what authority I do these things

Quote: ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who authorized me to do these things” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 21:28

But what do you think

Quote: τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To the religious leaders, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But what do you think about this story I am about to tell you?” (See: Parables)

But what do you think

Quote: τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should consider what I am about to say!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

having approached

Quote: προσελθὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

Your language may say “come” rather than gone in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having come to” (See: Go and Come)

Matthew 21:29

having changed his mind

Quote: μεταμεληθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. Alternate translation: “having reconsidered” (See: Metaphor)

but afterward

Quote: ὕστερον δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The word translated afterward at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “But later, after this,” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

Matthew 21:31

the tax collectors and the prostitutes enter into the kingdom of God before you

Quote: οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase the kingdom of God to mean God ruling over people as a king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly as demonstrated in the UST. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 21:32

John came to you

Quote: ἦλθεν & Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural and refers to all the people of Israel, not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to all of you people of Israel” (See: Forms of You)

in the way of righteousness

Quote: ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of righteousness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “teaching you what is right” (See: Abstract Nouns)

you did not believe him

Quote: οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 21:33

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: Connecting Statement: (0)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

Connecting Statement:

To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: Parables)

a master of a house

Quote: οἰκοδεσπότης (1)

Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”

a hedge

Quote: φραγμὸν (1)

Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”

dug a winepress in it

Quote: ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν (1)

Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”

rented it out to farmers

Quote: ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This was an arrangement known as sharecropping. The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest. Be sure that this is clear in your translation if your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement. (See: Translate Unknowns)

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus likely does not mean that the farmers literally threw the son out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “they seized him and forced him out of the vineyard” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 21:35

his servants

Quote: τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to the landowner. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 21:40

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word Therefore indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 21:41

They say to him

Quote: λέγουσιν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew does not make specify who answered Jesus, but it seems implicitly from the context that it was the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders replied to Jesus” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 21:42

A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes

Quote: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν (1)

Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: Connecting Statement: (0)

Connecting Statement:

Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.

Jesus says to them

Quote: λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make them explicit, use the same audience as you did in 21:41. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Did you never read in the Scriptures, A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes

Quote: οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the Scriptures, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: Rhetorical Question)

A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner

Quote: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: Metaphor)

has become the head of the corner

Quote: ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: Active or Passive)

This came about from the Lord

Quote: παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη (1)

Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”

it is marvelous in our eyes

Quote: ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, in our eyes refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 21:43

I say to you

Quote: λέγω ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” (See: Idiom)

to you

Quote: ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: Forms of You)

the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation

Quote: ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, kingdom of God refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: Metonymy)

the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation

Quote: ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” (See: Active or Passive)

producing its fruits

Quote: ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, fruits is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 21:44

the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces

Quote: ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, this stone is the same stone as in 21:42. This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. Since Jesus is referring here to his earlier quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the imagery, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: Metaphor)

the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces

Quote: ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 21:45

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: Connecting Statement: (0)

Connecting Statement:

The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.

his parables

Quote: τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these parables that Jesus told” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 22

Matthew 22 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which is quoted from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

Wedding Feast

In the parable of the wedding feast (Matthew 22:1-14), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepared for his son who had just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare himself to come to the feast. God will throw such people out from the feast.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Implicit information

Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable says, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” (Matthew 22:4), he assumes that the hearers will understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.

Paradox

A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. To the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. But in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, asking, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (22:45).

Matthew 22:2

The kingdom of the heavens is compared to

Quote: ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated The kingdom of the heavens is like in 13:24. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 22:3

the ones having been invited

Quote: τοὺς κεκλημένους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that the “king” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the king invited” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:4

servants, saying, ‘Say to the ones having been invited

Quote: δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the ones who have been invited in the previous verse. (See: Active or Passive)

servants, saying, ‘Say to the ones having been invited

Quote: δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, commanding them to tell the ones who had been invited” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

I have prepared my dinner

Quote: τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα (1)
Support Reference: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The king did not kill prepare the dinner himself. The implication is that his servants did that. Alternate translation: “my servants have prepared my dinner” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

My bulls and fattened calves have been killed

Quote: οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “my servants” did it. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and fattened calves” (See: Active or Passive)

My bulls and fattened calves have been killed

Quote: οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, have been killed means that they have been both slaughtered and prepared to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “My oxen and fattened calves have been prepared to eat” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 22:6

mistreated and killed {them

Quote: ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This does not mean that the others both mistreated and killed the same servants. Rather, some of them mistreated some of the servants, while others killed other servants. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “mistreated some of the servants and killed others” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 22:7

the king became angry

Quote: ὁ & βασιλεὺς ὠργίσθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this provoked the king” (See: Active or Passive)

he destroyed those murderers

Quote: ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The king did not kill those murderers himself. The implication is that his soldiers did it. Alternate translation: “his soldiers killed those murderers” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 22:8

the ones having been invited

Quote: οἱ & κεκλημένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the ones who had been invited in 22:4. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:10

both evil and good

Quote: πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjectives evil and good as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both evil people and good people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

all whom they found, both evil and good

Quote: πάντας οὓς εὗρον, πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Jesus says the words evil and good to show that they invited everyone who was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people whom they found there” (See: Merism)

the wedding was filled {with those} reclining to eat

Quote: ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those reclining to eat filled the wedding hall” (See: Active or Passive)

the wedding

Quote: ὁ γάμος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A wedding hall was a large room where weddings were performed. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 22:12

how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes

Quote: πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The king uses a question to scold the guest. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 22:13

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Having bound his feet and hands

Quote: δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

When the king commands his servants to bind this man foot and hand, this does not mean that he wants them to tie the man’s feet to his hands. Rather, this is an idiom that means to bind his hands together and his feet together. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “After you bind his hands together and his feet together” (See: Idiom)

the outer darkness

Quote: τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: Metonymy)

weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 22:14

For many are called, but few chosen

Quote: πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people to be with him forever, but he only chooses a few” (See: Active or Passive)

For

Quote: γάρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “So in the same way as this” (See: Connecting Words and Phrases)

Matthew 22:15

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

how they might entrap him in word

Quote: ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew is speaking as if the Pharisees literally wanted to catch Jesus in a trap or entrap him. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say or do something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how they might cause him to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong” (See: Metaphor)

in word

Quote: ἐν λόγῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something that Jesus might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by something he said” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 22:16

their disciples with the Herodians

Quote: τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The disciples of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The Herodians supported paying taxes to the Roman government. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their disciples, who paid taxes only to the temple, along with the Herodians, who paid taxes to the Roman government” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Herodians

Quote: Ἡρῳδιανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Herodians is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Teacher

Quote: Διδάσκαλε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness

The Pharisees and Herodians are addressing to Jesus by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation, here and in verse 24. (See: Politeness)

in truth

Quote: ἐν ἀληθείᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word truth, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “truthfully.” Alternate translation: “truthfully” (See: Abstract Nouns)

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: οὐ & βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων (2)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, you do not look at the face of men is an idiom that means that before you speak, you do not consider what others might think about what you say. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not worry what others will think of what you have to say” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 22:17

to Caesar

Quote: Καίσαρι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The religious leaders are using the term Caesar to mean the roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 22:18

Why are you testing me, hypocrites

Quote: τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly should not test me, you hypocrites!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 22:19

a denarius

Quote: δηνάριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

The denarius was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth one day's wages” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 22:20

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 22:21

and the things of God to God

Quote: καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 22:23

On that day

Quote: ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The phrase translated On that day at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “Later that same day” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

Matthew 22:24

Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone dies

Quote: Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

his brother will marry his wife and will raise up

Quote: ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up” (See: Statements — Other Uses)

seed

Quote: σπέρμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The term seed means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what seed means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 22:25

the first

Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

the first

Quote: ὁ πρῶτος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 22:26

the second … the third, … the seven

Quote: ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

the second … the third, … the seven

Quote: ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Sadducees are using the adjectives second, third and seventh as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seventh brother” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 22:27

last of all

Quote: ὕστερον & πάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Sadducees are using the adjective all as a noun in order to indicate a particular group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the people. Alternate translation: “all these people we have told you about” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 22:28

in the resurrection

Quote: ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

of the seven

Quote: τῶν ἑπτὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The Sadducees are using the adjective seven as a noun to mean the seven brothers. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 22:29

You are being led astray

Quote: πλανᾶσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the Sadducees have literally been led astray or conducted down the wrong path. He means that they have been deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived” (See: Metaphor)

You are being led astray

Quote: πλανᾶσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus is saying that they have been led stray specifically about the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have been led astray not to believe in the resurrection of the dead” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

You are being led astray

Quote: πλανᾶσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone has led you astray” (See: Active or Passive)

the power of God

Quote: τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what God is able to do” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 22:30

in the resurrection

Quote: ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life” (See: Abstract Nouns)

they neither marry … they are

Quote: οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Both uses of the pronoun they refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “men and women neither marry … men and women are” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

nor are given in marriage

Quote: οὔτε γαμίζονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor do people give their children in marriage” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:31

But concerning the resurrection of the dead

Quote: περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But concerning what happens when people who have died become alive again” (See: Abstract Nouns)

of the dead

Quote: τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

have you not read {what} was spoken to you by God, saying

Quote: οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said” (See: Rhetorical Question)

what} was spoken to you by God

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:32

I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob

Quote: ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

of the dead, … of the living

Quote: νεκρῶν & ζώντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective dead and the participle living as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives and participles in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

He is not a God of the dead, but of the living

Quote: οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 22:35

And one of them, a lawyer, questioned {him}, testing him

Quote: καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς πειράζων αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Matthew is using this verse to introduce a lawyer as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now one of the Sadducees was a lawyer. He asked Jesus a question in order to test him” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants)

Matthew 22:37

with your whole heart, and with your whole soul, and with your whole mind

Quote: ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The phrases with all your heart, with all your soul and with all your mind mean similar things. Moses, whom Jesus is quoting, may have been using the three phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “completely” or “with your whole being” (See: Doublet)

with your whole heart, and with your whole soul

Quote: ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, heart and soul are metonyms for a person’s inner being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your desires, and with all your feelings” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 22:38

the great and first commandment

Quote: ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms greatest and first mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very greatest” (See: Doublet)

Matthew 22:39

a second

Quote: δευτέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 22:40

the whole Law and the Prophets

Quote: ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Jesus is two of the main parts of the Scriptures, the Law and the Prophets to mean all of the Scriptures. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the Scriptures” (See: Merism)

On these two commandments are hung the whole Law and the Prophets

Quote: ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus is speaking of the Law and the Prophets as if they were something that a person would hang on the two commandments that he previously mentioned. This means that the Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 22:41

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: υνηγμένων (1)
Support Reference: σ rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered together” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:42

son

Quote: υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is not asking whose literal son the Christ is. Jesus is using the term son to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: Metaphor)

David’s

Quote: τοῦ Δαυείδ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew 22:43

How then does David in the Spirit call him ‘Lord

Quote: πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me, then, why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: Rhetorical Question)

David in the Spirit

Quote: Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, in the Spirit is an idiom that means that David was prompted by the Holy Spirit to write the quote in the next verse. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “David, prompted by the Spirit,” (See: Idiom)

saying

Quote: λέγων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said this:” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

Matthew 22:44

to my Lord

Quote: τῷ Κυρίῳ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Lord refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord, the Messiah” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

my right hand

Quote: δεξιῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/ figs-nominaladj

David is using the adjective right as a noun to mean a particular place. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “my right side” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Sit at my right hand

Quote: κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To sit at the right side of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: Symbolic Action)

until I put your enemies under your feet

Quote: ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to put the Messiah’s enemies under his feet means to make his enemies subordinate to him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until I might make your enemies subordinate to you” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 22:45

If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’ how is he his son

Quote: εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David would not call him ‘Lord’ if he were only his son!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 22:46

no one was able to answer him a word

Quote: οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Matthew is using the term word to mean something that one of Jesus’ listeners might have said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one was able to say anything to him in response” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 23

Matthew 23 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Hypocrites

Jesus calls the Pharisees “hypocrites” many times in verses13–29. He carefully explains why he calls them that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey those rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Name-calling

In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents.” But Jesus used these words not as insults but as warnings that God would surely punish the Pharisees because they were doing wrong.

Paradox

A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” (23:11-12).

Matthew 23:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Matthew 23:2

sat in the seat of Moses

Quote: ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the phrase seat of Moses to mean having the authority that Moses had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have the authority that Moses had” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 23:4

And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put {them} on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them

Quote: δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the Pharisees were literally putting loads, heavy and difficult to carry on people’s shoulders. He means that they are making people try to obey many difficult laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the meaning as a comparison. Alternate translation: “They make you obey many difficult laws as if they were binding up heavy loads and putting them on your shoulders. But they do not obey the same laws, and so it is as if they are not helping to carry those loads” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:5

to be seen by men

Quote: πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for men to see them” (See: Active or Passive)

by men

Quote: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

phylacteries

Quote: φυλακτήρια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term phylacteries describes small leather boxes containing papers with scriptures written on them. If it would be helpful, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “devotional boxes containing scriptures” (See: Translate Unknowns)

their tassels

Quote: τὰ κράσπεδα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, tassels refers to decorative fringes that Jewish men would attach to the hems of their robes to show that they were devoted to God. Your language and culture may have a term for this igdm that you can use in your translation. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 23:7

to be called ‘Rabbi’ by men

Quote: καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have men call them ‘Rabbi’” (See: Active or Passive)

by men

Quote: ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you translated men in 23:5. (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

Matthew 23:8

But you should not be called

Quote: ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But you should not have people call you” (See: Active or Passive)

But you should not be called ‘Rabbi,’ for one is your teacher, and you are all brothers

Quote: ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε Ῥαββεί; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since your teacher is one, and since you are all brothers, you should not be called ‘Rabbi’” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

one is your teacher

Quote: εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective one as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person is your teacher” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

you are … brothers

Quote: ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Jesus says brothers to be mean fellow believers. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are all fellow believers” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:9

you should not call {anyone} on the earth your father, for one is your heavenly Father

Quote: Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have one heavenly father, you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

you should not call {anyone} on the earth … father, … your

Quote: Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

Jesus says you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’ here as a generalization for emphasis. He is not saying that you cannot call your biological father ‘father’, but he is saying that you cannot use father as a title to honor someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not call someone ‘father’ as a title to honor him” (See: Hyperbole)

your … one is … heavenly Father

Quote: εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated one in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one person is your heavenly Father” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

heavenly Father

Quote: ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 23:10

And you should not be called ‘teacher,’ for your teacher is one, the Christ

Quote: μηδὲ κληθῆτε Καθηγηταί; ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since your teacher is one, the Christ, you should not be called ‘teacher’” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

And you should not be called

Quote: μηδὲ κληθῆτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should not have people call you” (See: Active or Passive)

your teacher is one, the Christ

Quote: καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am your only teacher” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 23:11

the greatest

Quote: ὁ & μείζων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective greatest as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

among you

Quote: ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers, so use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 23:12

will be humbled

Quote: ταπεινωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will humble him” (See: Active or Passive)

will be exalted

Quote: ὑψωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 23:13

For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit the ones entering to enter

Quote: ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus speaks of the kingdom of the heavens as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have made it so that men cannot live with God forever in the kingdom of the heavens. For neither you will live there, nor will you let anyone else live there” (See: Metaphor)

But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men

Quote: οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have shut the kingdom of the heavens before men, woe to you, scribes and Pharisees!” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men

Quote: ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The words kingdom of the heavens refers to God's rule as king from heaven. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have not allowed people to become people over whom God rules” (See: Metaphor)

men

Quote: τῶν ἀνθρώπων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Matthew 23:14

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants

Some ancient manuscripts include the first part of verse 14. Other ancient manuscripts add that sentence after verse 12. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 23:15

the sea and the dry land

Quote: τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Jesus is describing the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth” (See: Merism)

to make one proselyte

Quote: ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to make one a proselyte means to convince a non-Jewish person to begin practicing the Jewish religion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to convince a non-Jewish person to practice the Jewish religion” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a son of Gehenna

Quote: υἱὸν Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression son of figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. Here, a son of Gehenna means a person who is evil and whom God will judge in hell. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an evil person whom God will judge” (See: Idiom)

of Gehenna

Quote: Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated Gehenna in 5:30. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:16

blind guides

Quote: ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated blind guides in 15:14. (See: Metaphor)

Whoever swears by the temple

Quote: ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When a person swears by something, he is calling it to be a witness to the oath that he is making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever calls the temple to be a witness to his oath” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

it is nothing

Quote: οὐδέν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, it is nothing means that he is not bound to keep his oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not bound to the oath” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23:17

Foolish and blind

Quote: μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is using the adjectives foolish and blind as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases, here and in verse 19. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

blind

Quote: τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally blind. He means that they are not able to recognize something in the moral realm that should be obvious. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: Metaphor)

For which is greater, the gold or the temple having sanctified the gold

Quote: τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 23:18

it is nothing

Quote: οὐδέν ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated it is nothing in 23:16. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the gift

Quote: τῷ δώρῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, gift is referring to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23:19

For which {is} greater, the gift or the altar sanctifying the gift

Quote: τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “For the gift is certainly not greater than the alter sanctifying the gift!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

blind

Quote: τυφλοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated blind in 23:17. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: Metaphor)

the gift … the gift

Quote: τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

See how you translated the gift in the previous verse. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23:21

the one inhabiting it

Quote: τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the one inhabiting it is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is inhabiting it” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23:22

the one sitting on it

Quote: τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23:23

Woe to you, … hypocrites

Quote: οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this in 11:21. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you” (See: Idiom)

the mint and the dill and the cumin

Quote: τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. If your readers would not be familiar with them, in your translation you could use the name of comparable seasonings in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “herbs and spices” (See: Translate Unknowns)

the weightier {things

Quote: τὰ βαρύτερα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective weightier as a noun to mean certain aspects of the law. ULT adds the word matters to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the weightier commandments” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

the weightier {things

Quote: τὰ βαρύτερα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally weightier or heavier than the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more important commandments” (See: Metaphor)

these and those

Quote: ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

By these, Jesus means the commandments he has just mentioned, and by those, the means the ones he mentioned earlier. Your language may have its own way of indicating this distinction. Alternate translation: “the latter … and the former” (See: Idiom)

and those not to neglect

Quote: κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative not … neglect, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: Double Negatives)

Matthew 23:24

Blind guides

Quote: ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated You blind guides in 15:14. (See: Metaphor)

the ones straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel

Quote: οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees were literally straining out a tiny gnat if they found one in a drink but swallowing a large camel whole. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are carefully following the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws” (See: Metaphor)

gnat

Quote: κώνωπα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A gnat is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny insect” (See: Translate Unknowns)

the camel

Quote: τὴν & κάμηλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole

A camel is a large mammal that people in this culture would ride and use to carry loads. If your readers would not be familiar with what a camel is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable beast of burden in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large beast of burden” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 23:25

For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and lack of self-control

Quote: ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, cleaning the outside of the cup and of the plate represents the Pharisees acting in such a way that people will consider them holy. When Jesus says inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence, he is referring the inward desires of the Pharisees. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You try to make yourselves appear righteous by doing good deeds, but in your inner being, you are greedy and self-indulgent” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:26

Blind Pharisee

Quote: Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is not referring to a specific Pharisee. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You blind Pharisees” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Blind

Quote: τυφλέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated blind in 23:17. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” (See: Metaphor)

Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of them might become clean also

Quote: καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated inside of the cup and of the plate and outside in in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “First make sure your inward being is righteous, and then you will genuinely appear righteous on the outside” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:27

you are like whitewashed tombs, … uncleanness

Quote: παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις & ἀκαθαρσίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

Here, Jesus is comparing the scribes and Pharisees with whitewashed tombs. Jesus states the plain meaning in the next verse, so you do not need to do that here. (See: When to Keep Information Implicit)

whitewashed tombs

Quote: τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Jews would paint tombs white so that they would appear beautiful to people who passed by them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23:29

of the righteous

Quote: τῶν δικαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean people who are righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of righteous people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 23:30

And you say, ‘If we were in the days of our fathers, we would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets

Quote: καὶ λέγετε, εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You also say that if you had been in the days of your fathers, you would not have been partners with them in the blood of the prophets” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

of our fathers

Quote: τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is using the term fathers to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: Metaphor)

the blood

Quote: τῷ αἵματι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the word **blood ** to mean “death” by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 23:31

you are sons of the ones having killed

Quote: υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus may be using the term sons to mean descendants. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are the descendants of the ones having killed” or see next note for another possibility. (See: Metaphor)

you are sons of the ones having killed

Quote: υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus may also be using the expression sons of to describe people who share the qualities of something. He would be saying that the scribes and Pharisees share the quality of resistance to God that led their ancestors to kill the prophets. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are resistant to God just like your ancestors, who killed” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 23:32

And you, fill up the measure of your fathers

Quote: καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if he wants the scribes and Pharisees literally to fill up a measure of a certain amount. This represents them completing the wicked behavior that their ancestors began when they killed the prophets. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now you finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets” (See: Metaphor)

And you, fill up the measure of your fathers

Quote: καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the scribes and Pharisees would fill up the measure of their fathers by killing the greatest prophet of all, the Messiah. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Now, by killing the Messiah, finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

you, fill up the measure of your fathers

Quote: ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Even though Jesus is using an imperative form, he does not actually want the Pharisees to fill up the measure of their fathers by killing him, the Messiah. If they did that, they would not be obeying a command from him. Instead, Jesus is using a figure of speech in which he says the opposite of what he means. He does that in order to warn the scribes and Pharisees about where their attitude and behavior will lead if they do not change those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You should be very concerned, because if you do not stop resisting God, you will finish the sins of your ancestors by killing the Messiah” (See: Irony)

Matthew 23:33

Serpents, offspring of vipers

Quote: ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms serpents and vipers mean similar things. Both are names of poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous snakes” (See: Doublet)

Serpents, offspring of vipers

Quote: ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally serpents and offspring of vipers. He means that they are evil. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: Metaphor)

offspring of vipers

Quote: γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The expression offspring of figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. In this case, vipers represent evil or harmful people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who are harmful like vipers” (See: Idiom)

how might you escape from the judgment of Gehenna

Quote: πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape from the judgment of Gehenna” (See: Rhetorical Question)

of Gehenna

Quote: Γεέννης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated Gehenna in 5:30. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:35

might come upon you

Quote: ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the blood of righteous people would literally come upon the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God might consider you guilty for shedding” (See: Metaphor)

the righteous blood being shed on the earth, … the blood … the blood

Quote: αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & τοῦ αἵματος & τοῦ αἵματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the word blood to mean murder by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the guilt for all of the murders of righteous people on the earth … the murder … the murder” (See: Metonymy)

the righteous blood

Quote: αἷμα δίκαιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is speaking by association as if the blood of righteous people were righteous itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the blood of righteous people” (See: Metonymy)

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἂβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Abel was the first righteous victim of murder and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was the last righteous person whose murder was recorded in the Hebrew Scriptures in the order in which the Jews of this time likely read them. Jesus is using these first and last men to represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all throughout human history” (See: Merism)

whom you killed

Quote: ὃν ἐφονεύσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

By using the term you, Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees he is addressing had killed Zechariah, but he means by association that their ancestors killed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom your ancestors killed” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 23:37

Jerusalem, Jerusalem, the one killing

Quote: Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term Jerusalem to mean the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People of Jerusalem, the ones killing” (See: Metonymy)

Jerusalem, Jerusalem

Quote: Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe

Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be more natural in your language, you could show in your translation that Jesus is talking about Jerusalem rather than to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” (See: Apostrophe)

the ones having been sent to her

Quote: τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God sent to you” (See: Active or Passive)

your children

Quote: τὰ τέκνα σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if Jerusalem had children. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in you” (See: Metaphor)

the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings

Quote: ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The point of this comparison is that Jesus wishes he could comfort and protect the people of Jerusalem, just as a hen does that for her chicks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings to comfort and protect them” (See: Simile)

a hen

Quote: ὄρνις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A hen is a female chicken. You could translate this with the name of a bird familiar in your culture that protects her chicks under her wing. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 23:38

your house is left to you desolate

Quote: ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you desolate” (See: Predictive Past)

your house

Quote: ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a house in which its people lived. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your city” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:39

Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord

Quote: εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in the name of in 21:9. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24

Matthew 24 General Notes

Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess)

Special concepts in this chapter

“The end of the age”

In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: Symbolic Prophecy)

The example of Noah

In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Important translation issues in this chapter

“Let”

The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators may select the most natural ways in their own languages.

“The one”

Several times in this chapter, Jesus speaks of “the one” who does a certain thing. (Matthew himself uses that phrase in verse 15.) This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. For example, in verse 13, Jesus says that “the one having endured to the end, he will be saved.” You might say that “whoever endures to the end will be saved.” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Matthew 24:1

from the temple

Quote: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, temple is referring to the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the courtyard of the temple” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:2

Do you not see all these things

Quote: οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly you see all of these things!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

a stone upon a stone will certainly not be left here, which will not be torn down

Quote: οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:3

of your coming and of the end of the age

Quote: τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, your coming refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “that you are about to come and reign in power and that the world is about to end” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

as} he was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples approached him

Quote: καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the pronouns he and him refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples approached Jesus” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

the disciples approached him by themselves, saying, “Tell us, when will these things be? And what {is} the sign of your coming and of the end of the age

Quote: προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν λέγοντες, εἰπὲ ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “the disciples came to him by themselves asked Jesus to tell them when these things would be and what would be the sign of his coming and the end of the age” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 24:4

Be careful that no one leads you astray

Quote: βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 22:29. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:4-5

Be careful that no one leads you astray … For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and they will lead many astray

Quote: βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ.\nπολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since many will come in my name saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will lead many astray, you ought to be careful not to be led astray” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 24:5

For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and they will lead many astray

Quote: πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For many will come in my name saying that they are the Christ, and they will lead many people astray” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

in my name

Quote: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, Jesus uses the word name to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: Metonymy)

they will lead … astray

Quote: πλανήσουσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:6

you are going to hear of wars and rumors of wars

Quote: μελλήσετε & ἀκούειν πολέμους, καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This probably means implicitly that the disciples will hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening (reports of wars). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are going to hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

See that you are not troubled

Quote: ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: Active or Passive)

the end

Quote: τὸ τέλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Here, the end implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 24:7

For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: Parallelism)

nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, nation and kingdom represent the people who live within them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of one nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of one kingdom against the people of another kingdom” (See: Metonymy)

nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The word kingdom represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. The word nation represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “some nations will attack other nations, and some kingdoms will attack other kingdoms” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

will rise against

Quote: ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The phrase rise against is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will attack” (See: Idiom)

kingdom against kingdom

Quote: βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise up against kingdom” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 24:8

But all these things

Quote: πάντα δὲ ταῦτα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, all these things refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

are} the beginning of birth pains

Quote: ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus uses the image of birth pains to indicate that in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you may wish to retain this metaphor in your translation. You could express it as a simile if your language would not say directly that these things are birth pangs. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:9

you will be hated by all the nations

Quote: ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated nations in 24:7. (See: Metonymy)

you will be hated by all the nations

Quote: ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: Active or Passive)

because of my name

Quote: διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated my name in 24:5 Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:10

many will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “these hardships will cause many people to stumble” (See: Active or Passive)

many will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, to stumble means to stop believing in God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people will stop believing in God” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:11

will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will rise up” (See: Active or Passive)

will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, will be raised up is an idiom that means “will come.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will come” (See: Idiom)

and will lead many astray

Quote: καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated lead … astray in 24:4. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:12

lawlessness will be increased

Quote: τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lawlessness will increase” (See: Active or Passive)

lawlessness will be increased

Quote: τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of lawlessness, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people will commit more lawless deeds” (See: Abstract Nouns)

the love of many will grow cold

Quote: ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if the love of many would literally grow cold. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love other people” (2) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love God” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:13

But the one having endured to the end, this one will be saved

Quote: ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated But the one having endured to the end, he will be saved in 10:22. (See: Active or Passive)

But the one having endured to the end

Quote: ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the phrase the one does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action described. Here and in the other instances of the phrase in this chapter, express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Matthew 24:14

this gospel of the kingdom will be preached

Quote: κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that his disciples will do it. Alternate translation: “my disciples will preach this gospel of the kingdom” (See: Active or Passive)

this gospel of the kingdom

Quote: τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, kingdom refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of kingdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the message about how God rules as a king over his people” (See: Abstract Nouns)

to … the nations

Quote: τοῖς ἔθνεσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated nations in 24:7. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:15

having been spoken of by Daniel the prophet

Quote: τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “about which Daniel the prophet spoke” (See: Active or Passive)

the abomination of desolation

Quote: τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the abomination of desolation is found in Daniel 9:27, Daniel 11:31, and Daniel 12:11. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with those passages, which prophesy about the abomination defiling the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

let the one reading understand

Quote: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks

The phrase Let the one reading understand is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get his readers to pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by not enclosing it within quotation marks or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: Quote Markings)

Matthew 24:17

let the one on the housetop not go down to take anything from his house

Quote: ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of his roof should escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 24:18

and let the one in the field not turn back to take his cloak

Quote: καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

People in Jesus' time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloak, but should flee from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak before fleeing” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

cloak

Quote: τὸ ἱμάτιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated cloak in 5:40. See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 24:19

to the ones having in the womb

Quote: ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

The phrase having in the womb is an idiom that refers to women who are expecting babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: Idiom)

to the ones nursing

Quote: ταῖς θηλαζούσαις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

in those days

Quote: ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 24:20

your flight might not happen

Quote: μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of flight, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you would not have to flee” (See: Abstract Nouns)

in winter

Quote: χειμῶνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In the location to which Jesus is referring, winter is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate winter with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 24:22

if those days had not been shortened, no flesh would be saved. … those days will be shortened

Quote: εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ & κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

if those days had not been shortened, no flesh would be saved

Quote: εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “if God were not going to shorten those days, no flesh would be saved” (See: Predictive Past)

if those days had not been shortened

Quote: εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the word shortened. Alternate translation: “if those days had continued” or “if God had allowed those days to continue” (See: Double Negatives)

flesh

Quote: σάρξ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

See how you translated flesh in 16:17. (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 24:23

if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ you should not believe {it

Quote: ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo

Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what his disciples should do if someone claims that they have found the Messiah. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ Then you should not believe it” (See: Hypothetical Situations)

Matthew 24:24

will be raised up

Quote: ἐγερθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will become powerful” (See: Active or Passive)

great signs and wonders

Quote: σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms signs and wonders mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: Doublet)

to lead astray

Quote: πλανῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated lead astray in 24:5. (See: Metaphor)

the elect

Quote: τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated the phrase the elect in 24:22. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 24:26

if they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you should not go out

Quote: ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Behold, in the inner chambers

Quote: ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 24:27

thus will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The point of this comparison is that just as lightning flashes across the whole sky and so is obvious to see, so the Son of Man will be obvious to see when he returns. He will not be out “in the wilderness” or “in the inner rooms,” as Jesus says in verse 25 that some will claim. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “so the coming of the Son of Man will be obvious to see” (See: Simile)

thus will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in the same way I, the Son of Man, will come” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 24:28

Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered

Quote: ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs

This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “When the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come” (2) Alternate translation: “Wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies” (See: Proverbs)

the vultures will be gathered

Quote: συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather” (See: Active or Passive)

the vultures

Quote: οἱ ἀετοί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word vultures describes large birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what a vulture is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable scavenger bird in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 24:29

the tribulation of those days

Quote: τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that time of tribulation” (See: Idiom)

the sun will be darkened

Quote: ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: Active or Passive)

the powers of the heavens will be shaken

Quote: αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:30

the sign of the Son of Man will appear

Quote: φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the sign of me, the Son of Man, will appear” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 24:31

he will send his angels with a great trumpet

Quote: ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης (1)

Your language may need to say who will make this sound of a trumpet. That could be the Son of Man himself or an angel. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will sound a trumpet and send his angels” or “God will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”

he will send his angels … his

Quote: ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I will send my angels … my” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

from the four winds, from the ends of the heavens to the ends of them

Quote: ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express, which is how far the angels will go to gather the elect. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: Parallelism)

from the four winds

Quote: ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression means “from every direction from which the wind blows,” envisioning the four primary directions of north, south, east, and west. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this in plain language. Alternate translation: “from every part of the world” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 24:33

it is near

Quote: ἐγγύς ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

at the doors

Quote: ἐπὶ θύραις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking of himself as if he were a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. He means that he would be just about to return to earth. Alternate translation: “about to return to earth” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:34

this generation will certainly not pass away

Quote: οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, pass away is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: Euphemism)

this generation

Quote: ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could refer implicitly to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all the people who will be alive when these things happen that Jesus has just described. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

will certainly not pass away

Quote: οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative verb pass away. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain alive” (See: Double Negatives)

until all these things happen

Quote: ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται (1)

Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”

Matthew 24:35

The heaven and the earth will pass away

Quote: ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Jesus is using the two main components of creation, heaven and earth, to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “All of creation” (See: Merism)

my words

Quote: οἱ & λόγοι μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is using the term words to mean the things he has said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:36

that day and hour

Quote: τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The terms day and hour mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time” (See: Doublet)

that day and hour

Quote: τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

By that day and hour, Jesus means implicitly the time when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that day and hour when I will return” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

no one knows, neither the angels of the heavens, nor the Son,except the Father only

Quote: οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions

If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows, not the angels in heaven, nor the Son” (See: Connect — Exception Clauses)

of the heavens

Quote: τῶν οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the heavens refers implicitly to the place where God lives. It does not refer to the sky. Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the Son,… the Father

Quote: ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son and Father are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation. (See: Translating Son and Father)

the Son

Quote: ὁ Υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 24:37

the days of Noah

Quote: αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus is using the term days to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time of Noah was” (See: Idiom)

of the Son of Man

Quote: τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 24:38

they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage

Quote: ἦσαν & τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: Synecdoche)

in the days before the flood … until that day Noah entered into the ark

Quote: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ & ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν, Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated days in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the time before the flood … until the time when Noah entered the ark” (See: Idiom)

the ark

Quote: τὴν κιβωτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term ark refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 24:39

and they did not know

Quote: καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, they did not know means that they did not know what was about to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they did not realize what was about to happen to them” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

took {them} all away

Quote: ἦρεν ἅπαντας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase took them all away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “killed them all” (See: Euphemism)

thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man

Quote: οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Here, Jesus is comparing the flood of Noah, which came unexpectedly, with his own coming, which will be similarly unexpected. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way, the coming of the Son of Man will be unexpected” (See: Simile)

Matthew 24:40

two will be in the field

Quote: ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that these two are working in the field. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “two men will be working in the field” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 24:41

one is taken, and one is left

Quote: μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Matthew 24:43

But know this

Quote: ἐκεῖνο δὲ γινώσκετε, (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

To help his disciples understand his message, Jesus tells a story. He explains its meaning in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you a story to help you understand this:” (See: Parables)

in which watch

Quote: ποίᾳ φυλακῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, watch of night is an idiom that means a certain time during the night, referring to how some would take turns keeping “watch” for a certain length of time to protect others who were asleep. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at what time during the night” (See: Idiom)

would not have allowed his house to be broken into

Quote: οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, Jesus implies that the thief would do it. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed the thief to break into his house” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:44

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, (See: First, Second or Third Person)

For this reason you also be ready

Quote: διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

Here, Jesus is explaining the meaning of his parable. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the owner of the house prepares in case a thief comes, so you should also be ready” (See: Parables)

in that hour

Quote: ᾗ & ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a time” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 24:45

Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time

Quote: τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples and to make them think. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly a faithful servant is the one whom his master appoints over his house in order to give them food at the proper time!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

whom the master has appointed over his household

Quote: ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this phrase, it is assumed that the the master leaves the house over which he appoints his servant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom his master, when he leaves, `appoints over his household” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to give them their food

Quote: τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

The connecting word to introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which his master has appointed him is to give them their food. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving them their food” (See: Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship)

Matthew 24:48

says in his heart

Quote: εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated in his heart in 5:28. (See: Metonymy)

My master delays

Quote: χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that evil slave says in his heart that his master is delaying” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 24:50

on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The phrases on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. It may be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the meaning might be unclear, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on a day that he does not expect, yes, at an hour that he does not know” (See: Parallelism)

on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know

Quote: ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus is using the terms day and hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If you do that, you may wish to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “at a time that he does not expect, yes, at an time that he does not know” or “at a time that he is not expecting at all” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 24:51

he will cut him in two

Quote: διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, cut him in pieces is an idiom that means to punish someone severely. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will punish him severely” (See: Idiom)

there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 25

Matthew 25 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.

Special concepts in this chapter

The parable of the ten virgins

Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins in 25:1–13 to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the appointed time, the bridegroom would go to his bride’s house and she would be waiting for him there. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. In this parable, the bridegroom represents Jesus, the five foolish virgins represent false believers in Jesus who do not prepare for Jesus’ return, and the five wise virgins represent true Christians who are ready for Jesus to come back at the end of the world. (See: Parables)

The parable of the talents

Jesus told the parable of the talents in 25:14–30 to teach that true Christians use the blessings that God gives them in order to live fruitful lives that glorify him. Jesus’ hearers could understand the parable because they knew about investing money and the relationship between masters and slaves. In this parable, the master represents Jesus, the “talents” (a form of money) represent blessings from God, the two good slaves represent true Christians who faithfully use the blessings that God gives them, and the wicked slave represents false believers in Jesus.

A talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed nearly 30 kilograms or over 60 pounds. One silver talent was the equivalent of over 16 years’ wages for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. See the suggestions at each occurrence of the word “talent” in this chapter. (See: Parables and https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_ta/src/branch/master/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md]])

Matthew 25:1

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Then refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in 24:37 and the “day your Lord is coming” in 24:42. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to ten virgins

Quote: ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

In 25:1–13, Jesus is explaining about the kingdom of the heavens by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. See the discussion of this parable in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: Parables)

the kingdom of the heavens

Quote: ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this phrase in 3:2. (See: Metonymy)

lamps

Quote: λαμπάδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The lamps in this story are small containers that produce light by burning oil that is absorbed by a wick. Someone had to trim the wick and supply enough oil to keep the wick burning in order for the lamp to continue producing light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil to produce light” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

went out to a meeting of the bridegroom

Quote: ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, meeting of the bridegroom refers to the Jewish wedding practice of the bride and bridesmaids waiting for the bridegroom to come and get his bride and take her to the wedding feast. The fact that they took lamps also implies that they went out during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to wait for the bridegroom to come and take his bride to the wedding feast” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:2

five of them

Quote: πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the “virgins” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “five of the virgins” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

five wise

Quote: πέντε φρόνιμοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “five were wise” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:3

oil with them

Quote: μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus’ hearers would have understood that the oil was used to keep the lamps lit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “oil with themselves to keep their lamps lit” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:5

they all became sleepy

Quote: ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the ten virgins mentioned in 25:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

they all became sleepy and were sleeping

Quote: ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The word and indicates that the event in the previous phrase happened before the event in the next phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then began to sleep” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

Matthew 25:6

there was a cry

Quote: κραυγὴ γέγονεν (1)

Alternate translation: “someone cried”

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The person speaking uses the term Behold here to get the ten virgins to focus their attention on what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: Metaphor)

there was a cry, ‘Behold, the bridegroom! Go out to the meeting

Quote: κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “someone cried that they should pay attention, the bridegroom was coming, and they should go out to the meeting” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 25:7

got up

Quote: ἠγέρθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “awoke” (See: Active or Passive)

put their lamps in order

Quote: ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The oil lamps people used at that time produced light from a burning wick. That wick had to be trimmed in order for it to keep burning properly. If this would be unfamiliar to your readers, you could use a general expression for preparing a lamp. Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 25:8

said to the wise, ‘Give us from your oil, because our lamps are going out

Quote: ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

our lamps are going out

Quote: αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, going out refers to the lamps running out of oil so that the fire in them would stop burning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 25:9

saying, ‘Lest there not be enough for us and for you, go instead to the ones selling, and buy for yourselves

Quote: λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that there would certainly not be enough for themselves and the foolish ones, so the foolish ones should go instead to the ones selling and buy for themselves” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Lest there not be enough for us and for you, go instead to the ones selling, and buy for yourselves

Quote: μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the wise ones are referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you. Go instead to the ones selling oil and buy some oil for yourselves” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Lest there not be enough for us and for you

Quote: μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

By answering in this way, the wise ones imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will not give you any oil! There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you.” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

The phrase certainly not translates two negative words in Greek. The wise virgins use them together to emphasize that they do not have enough oil to share with the foolish virgins. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: Double Negatives)

for us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us refers to the wise virgins, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 25:10

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the five foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five foolish virgins” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

to buy

Quote: ἀγοράσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: Ellipsis)

the prepared

Quote: αἱ ἕτοιμοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the prepared ones refers to the five wise virgins who had enough oil for their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins who had prepared” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the door was shut

Quote: ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 25:11

come

Quote: ἔρχονται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came” (See: Predictive Past)

saying, ‘Lord, lord, open for us

Quote: λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν! (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

open for us

Quote: ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Here, open is an imperative, but since the virgins cannot command the master to do this, you could translate this phrase as polite request. Alternate translation: “please open for us” (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

open for us

Quote: ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the other virgins are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can enter the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:12

said, ‘Truly I say to you, I do not know you

Quote: εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

I do not know you

Quote: οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will not open the door for you because I do not know you” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:13

Therefore

Quote: οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Therefore here indicates that what follows is the reason why Jesus told the parable in 25:1–12. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Since something like this could happen to you” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

be alert

Quote: γρηγορεῖτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that believers must stay alert for his return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “stay alert for my return” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

you do not know the day nor the hour

Quote: οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the day and the hour refer to the time when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you know neither the day nor the hour when I will return” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

you do not know the day nor the hour

Quote: οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, day and hour refer to an exact point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 25:14

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

For here indicates that the parable Jesus tells in 25:14–30 teaches another reason why believers must “stay alert,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Stay alert because” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

it is} as if

Quote: ὥσπερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to “the kingdom of the heavens,” as mentioned in 25:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is like” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

a man, going abroad

Quote: ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables

Jesus tells a story to help his listeners understand why they should properly use the blessings that God gives them in order to be ready for him to return to the world. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a story in which a man goes to another country” (See: Parables)

his possessions

Quote: τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ (1)

Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”

Matthew 25:15

five talents

Quote: πέντε τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See the discussion of the talent as a unit of money in the General Notes to this chapter to decide how to represent these numbers of talents in your translation. Alternate translation: “an amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an amount equal to 32 years’ wages … an amount equal to 16 years’ wages” (See: Biblical Money)

and to one, two, and to one, one—to each

Quote: ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “and to one slave he gave two talents, and to one slave he gave one talent. He gave to each” (See: Ellipsis)

to each according to his own ability

Quote: ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, his refers to each slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to each of them according to each one’s own ability” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:16

the five talents … another five talents

Quote: τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated talents in the previous verse to decide how to translate it here and in the rest of the parable. Alternate translation: “the amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an equal amount” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 25:17

the one with the two also gained another two

Quote: καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave with the two talents also gained another two talents” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:18

the one having received the one

Quote: ὁ & τὸ ἓν λαβὼν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave having received the one talent” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:19

Now after a long time

Quote: μετὰ δὲ πολὺν χρόνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here introduces a new event that happened a long time after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “A long time later” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

comes and takes up … together

Quote: ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came and settled” (See: Predictive Past)

takes up a word together

Quote: συναίρει λόγον (1)

Alternate translation: “called them to give an account of how they had used his money”

Matthew 25:20

saying, ‘Master, you handed over to me five talents; behold, I gained another five talents

Quote: λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

Matthew 25:21

said to him, ‘Well done, good and faithful slave! You were faithful over a few things. I will appoint you over many things. Enter into the joy of your master

Quote: ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and was a good and faithful slave. The master also said that he had been faithful over a few things, so he would appoint him over many things. The master told him to enter into the joy of his master” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Well done

Quote: εὖ (1)

Your culture might have an expression that someone in authority would use to show that he approves of what someone working under his authority has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”

Enter into

Quote: εἴσελθε εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, Enter into represents experiencing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience” (See: Metaphor)

the joy of your master

Quote: τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here the master is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 25:22

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας. ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 25:23

His master said to him, ‘Well done, good and faithful slave! You were faithful over a few things. I will appoint you over many things. Enter into the joy of your master

Quote: ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου (1)

The contents of this verse are identical to 25:21. Translate both verses identically.

Matthew 25:24

said, ‘Master, I knew you, that you are a harsh man, reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter

Quote: εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that his master was a strict man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter

Quote: θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus’ audience would have known that the master was referring to reaping and gathering crops and sowing and scattering seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed, and gathering crops where you did not scatter seed” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter

Quote: θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean the same thing. The slave says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strict he thinks the master is. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “surely harvesting crops that you did not plant” (See: Parallelism)

reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter

Quote: θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

In these two clauses, the slave is speaking of the master as if he were a farmer who harvests a crop that someone else had planted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “benefitting from the labor of other people” or “like a farmer who reaps crops where he did not sow seed and gathers crops where he did not scatter seed” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 25:25

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ. ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his master that, having become afraid, he went away and hid the master’s talent in the ground. He told his master to behold, he had what was his” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

having become afraid

Quote: φοβηθεὶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

This clause may refer to: (1) the result of knowing what the slave stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this made me afraid, so, going away” (2) the reason why the slave went away and hid the master’s money in the ground. Alternate translation: “since I was afraid, going away” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 25:26

said to him, ‘Wicked and lazy slave! Did you know that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter

Quote: εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he was a wicked and lazy slave. He knew that the master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter

Quote: θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar clauses in 25:24. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 25:27

Therefore, it was necessary for you to have put my money with the bankers, and having come, I would have received back {what is} mine with interest

Quote: ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it was necessary for him to have placed the master’s money with the bankers, and having come, he would have received back his money with interest” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

to have put my money with the bankers, … with interest

Quote: βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, bankers refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They pay an interest premium on the deposits and charges an interest premium on the loans. If your culture does not have bankers, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 25:28

Therefore, take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents

Quote: ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, the master commanded that his other slaves take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

take away the talent from him

Quote: ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants take away the talent from him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:29

to everyone having

Quote: τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The master implies that everyone having are those servants who use what has been given to them faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have given him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

it will be given

Quote: δοθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give it” (See: Active or Passive)

it will be given and it will abound

Quote: δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Both occurrences of it here refer to more of what the master has already given to his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more of what he has will be given and what he has will abound” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away from him

Quote: τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The master is speaking of a group of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

from the one not having

Quote: τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The master implies that the one not having is any slave who does not use what he has been given faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the one who does not use the money wisely that I have given him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

will be taken away

Quote: ἀρθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take away” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 25:30

And throw the worthless slave out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verses. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And the master commanded his slaves to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there would be weeping and grinding of the teeth” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

the outer darkness

Quote: τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: Metonymy)

weeping and grinding of the teeth

Quote: ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this in 8:12. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 25:31

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that Jesus has finished telling the story in 25:14–30 and is about to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is referring to himself in the third person in 25:31–33. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

The phrase Son of Man is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

in his glory

Quote: ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is” (See: Abstract Nouns)

he will sit on his throne of glory

Quote: καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus’ hearers would have known that a king sits on his throne in order to rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar expression in 19:28. Alternate translation: “he will sit on his glorious throne to rule as king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 25:32

him … he will separate

Quote: αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

will be gathered all the nations

Quote: συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The angels may be the ones doing the action, as suggested by 13:41, 13:49 and the reference to angels in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “his angels will gather all the nations” (See: Active or Passive)

all the nations

Quote: πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, nations refers to people who live in all the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations” (See: Metonymy)

just as the shepherd separates the sheep from the goats

Quote: ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Jesus compares separating people into two groups to a shepherd separating two different types of animals into two groups. If your readers would be unfamiliar with shepherding or these animals, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as someone separates two different types of animals into two groups” or “into two groups” (See: Simile)

Matthew 25:33

he will place … his … his left

Quote: στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

the sheep … the goats

Quote: τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus refers to true believers, whom he calls “the righteous ones” in 25:37, as sheep. He also refers to unbelievers as goats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true believers … the unbelievers” (See: Metaphor)

his right, … his left

Quote: δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

In this verse Jesus is using the adjectives right and left as nouns in order to indicate his right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

on his right

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By placing the sheep on his right, Jesus was symbolically conferring honor and authority on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the place of honor on his right” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 25:34

the King … his

Quote: ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here, the King is another title for the Son of Man, who is Jesus. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

on his right, ‘Come, the ones having been blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world

Quote: ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of 25:36. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they have been blessed by his Father and should come inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

his right

Quote: δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated his right in the previous verse. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

the ones having been blessed by my Father

Quote: οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom my Father has blessed” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 25:36

I was} naked, and you clothed me; I was sick, and you cared for me; I was in prison, and you came to me

Quote: γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous 25:34 and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 25:34

by my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

prepared for you

Quote: ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you” (See: Active or Passive)

inherit

Quote: κληρονομήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus speaks of being able to live in the kingdom of God as if the kingdom were property that people could inherit from their parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “live in” (See: Metaphor)

from the foundation of the world

Quote: ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου (1)

Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”

Matthew 25:35

For I was hungry, and you gave me to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave me to drink; I was a stranger, and you gathered together with me

Quote: ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of 25:36. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they invited him in” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

For here indicates that what follows is the reason why righteous people inherit the kingdom, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Inherit the kingdom because” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

you gave me to eat; … you gave me to drink; … you gathered together with me

Quote: ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με & συνηγάγετέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink … you invited me into your homes” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:36

I was} naked, and you clothed me; I was sick, and you cared for me; I was in prison, and you came to me

Quote: γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in 25:34 and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 25:37

saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you being hungry and feed {you}? Or being thirsty and give {you} to drink

Quote: λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of 25:39. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when they saw him hungry and fed him or thirsty and gave him to drink” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

being thirsty and give {you} to drink

Quote: διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The righteous ones are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause and from the similar phrase in 25:35. Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you something to drink” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:38

And when did we see you a stranger and gather together with {you}? Or naked and clothe {you

Quote: πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of 25:39. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him a stranger and invited him in, or naked and clothed him.” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 25:39

And when did we see you sick or in prison and come to you

Quote: πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in 25:37 continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him sick or in prison and came to him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 25:38

gather together with {you

Quote: συνηγάγομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

See how you translated the similar phrase in 25:35. (See: Ellipsis)

naked and clothe {you

Quote: γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The “righteous ones” are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:40

the King

Quote: ὁ Βασιλεὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

See how you translated the same use of King in 25:34. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

to them

Quote: αὐτοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them here refers to the “righteous ones” to whom the King spoke in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the righteous ones” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

to them, ‘Truly I say to you, you did for one of the least of these brothers of mine, you did for me

Quote: αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did it for one of the least of those brothers of his, they did it for him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Truly I say to you

Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.

of … least

Quote: τῶν ἐλαχίστων (1)

Alternate translation: “of the least significant”

brothers

Quote: τῶν ἀδελφῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term brothers is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

brothers of mine

Quote: τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

The phrase brothers of mine here does not refer to Jesus’ actual brothers, but he is referring to everyone who believes in him as his brothers. Jesus says this because he considers them to be part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who are like brothers to me” or “who are like family to me” (See: Kinship)

you did for me

Quote: ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε (1)

Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is as if you did it for me”

Matthew 25:41

he will say also … his left

Quote: ἐρεῖ καὶ & εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

In this verse Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

his left

Quote: εὐωνύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated this phrase in 25:33. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

he will say also to the ones on his left, ‘Go from me, the ones having been cursed, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels

Quote: ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

Here a direct quotation within a direct quotation begins and continues until the end of 25:43. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he also will say to the ones on his left that they should depart from him, being accursed ones, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

the ones having been cursed

Quote: κατηραμένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you whom God has cursed” (See: Active or Passive)

that has been prepared

Quote: τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 25:42

For I was hungry, and you did not give me to eat; I was thirsty, and you did not give me to drink

Quote: ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of 25:43. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

For here indicates that what follows is the reason why the “accursed ones” must go “into the eternal fire,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Go into the eternal fire because” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

you did not give me to eat; … you did not give me to drink

Quote: οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:43

I was a stranger, and you did not gather together with me; {I was} naked, and you did not clothe me; {I was} sick and in prison, and you did not care for me

Quote: ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in 25:41 continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was a stranger, and they did not invite him in; naked, and they did not clothe him; sick and in prison, and they did not care for him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

you did not gather together with me; {I was} naked, and you did not clothe me; {I was} sick and in prison

Quote: οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your homes; I was naked, and you did not clothe me; I was sick and in prison” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:44

they

Quote: αὐτοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they here refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he spoke to in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve you

Quote: λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when did they see him hungry, or hungry, or a stranger, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve him.” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Matthew 25:45

he will answer

Quote: ἀποκριθήσεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

saying, ‘Truly I say to you, as much as you did not do for one of the least of these, you did not do for me

Quote: λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did not do it for one of the least of those, they did not do it for him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

Truly I say to you

Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.

of the least

Quote: τῶν ἐλαχίστων (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 25:40.

of these

Quote: τούτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, these refers to believers, whom Jesus calls “brothers of mine” in 25:40. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of these people who are like family to me” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

you did not do for me

Quote: οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. (1)

Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”

Matthew 25:46

these

Quote: οὗτοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, these refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he has been speaking to in the previous three verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

will go away into eternal punishment, … into eternal life

Quote: ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον & εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eternal punishment refers to the place where the unrighteous people will be punished, and eternal life refers to place where the righteous people will be rewarded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will go away into the place where they will be eternally punished … into the place where they will live eternally” (See: Metonymy)

into eternal life

Quote: εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will go into eternal life” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 26

Matthew 26 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is quoted from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

Sheep

Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In 26:31, however, Jesus uses the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.

Passover

The Passover festival was when the Jews celebrated the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.

The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus

26:26–28 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Judas’ kiss for Jesus

26:49 describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. You might say, for example, that Judas “kissed Jesus on the cheek as a greeting” or that Judas “gave Jesus a friendly greeting.” (See: Symbolic Action)

“I am able to destroy the temple of God”

Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” (26:61). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days (John 2:19).

Matthew 26:1

And it happened that when

Quote: καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

See how you translated this phrase in 11:1. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

all these words

Quote: πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words” (See: Ellipsis)

all these words

Quote: πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, these words refers to everything that Jesus taught in 24:3–25:46. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these teachings about what would happen in the future” or “all these teachings about his return to earth and the final judgment” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:2

the Son of Man

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

the Son of Man is handed over to be crucified

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand over the Son of Man to other people, who will crucify him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:3

were gathered together … the one called Caiaphas

Quote: συνήχθησαν & τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “came together … whose name was Caiaphas” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:5

Not during the festival

Quote: μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: Ellipsis)

the festival

Quote: τῇ ἑορτῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the festival refers the Passover festival, as indicated in 26:2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:6

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 26:6–13 is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

of Simon the leper

Quote: Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that this Simon is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Simon, a man whom Jesus had healed of leprosy” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:7

him … his … he} reclining to eat

Quote: αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus’ … as Jesus is reclining to eat” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

an alabaster jar of very expensive perfumed oil

Quote: ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a jar that is filled with very expensive perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil” (See: Possession)

an alabaster jar

Quote: ἀλάβαστρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, alabaster jar refers to a small container made out of expensive stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this stone, you could use the name of a stone in your area that is expensive and used for making costly containers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a costly stone container” (See: Translate Unknowns)

of very expensive perfumed oil

Quote: μύρου βαρυτίμου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, perfumed oil refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This oil was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this oil, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented liquid” (See: Translate Unknowns)

he} reclining to eat

Quote: ἀνακειμένου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

he} reclining to eat

Quote: ἀνακειμένου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:10. Alternate translation: “as he was sitting down at the table to eat” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 26:8

the disciples became very angry, saying

Quote: οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠγανάκτησαν λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples became angry and said” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

For what {is} this waste

Quote: εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη (1)

Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste”

For what {is} this waste

Quote: εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Here the disciples are not asking for information. They ask this question to express their anger over the woman’s actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What a waste!” or “This is such a waste of perfume!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 26:9

this was able to be sold for much and given to

Quote: ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she could have sold this for much and given” (See: Active or Passive)

this

Quote: τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, this refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in 26:7. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

for much and given to

Quote: πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “for much money and that money to be given” (See: Ellipsis)

the poor

Quote: πτωχοῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 26:10

Why are you causing trouble for the woman

Quote: τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is not asking for information here. He asks this question in order to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not cause trouble for the woman!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

are you causing

Quote: παρέχετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural and refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you disciples causing” (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

are you causing trouble … a good work

Quote: κόπους παρέχετε & ἔργον & καλὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of trouble and work, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling … something good” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 26:11

the poor

Quote: τοὺς πτωχοὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated the poor in 26:9. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

you do not always have me

Quote: ἐμὲ & οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this phrase Jesus implies that he would not always be with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not always have me with you” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:12

perfumed oil

Quote: τὸ μύρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated perfumed oil in 26:7. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 26:13

Truly I say to you

Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.

wherever this gospel is preached

Quote: ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this gospel” (See: Active or Passive)

also what she did will be spoken in remembrance of her

Quote: λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in memory of her people will speak of what she has done” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:14

Then … having gone to the chief priests

Quote: τότε πορευθεὶς & πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

Then here indicates that what happens in this verse took place after what took place in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation (without a comma at the end of the verse): “After Jesus said this, … went to the chief priests and” (See: Connect — Sequential Time Relationship)

of the Twelve

Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew is using the adjective Twelve as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated Twelve in 10:5. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

the one called

Quote: ὁ λεγόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated named in 26:3. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:15

What

Quote: τί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

What here is referring to an amount of money. This is a polite way of asking to be paid money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “How much money” (See: Euphemism)

him … for him

Quote: αὐτόν & αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

While the first occurrence of him in this verse refers to Jesus, the second occurrence of him refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

for him

Quote: αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase for him implies that the chief priests gave the pieces of silver to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to give them to him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:16

he might hand him over

Quote: αὐτὸν παραδῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Jesus would betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:17

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 26:17–25 a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

of the Festival of Unleavened Bread

Quote: τῶν Ἀζύμων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Unleavened Bread here refers to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that began at Passover and lasted for one week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

saying

Quote: λέγοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

the Passover

Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the Passover refers to the meal that people ate together on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 26:18

Go into the city to so-and-so and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I with my disciples am doing the Passover with you

Quote: ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This verse has three levels of direct quotations. If direct quotations inside direct quotations would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second-level and third-level direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to such a man and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near. He is doing the Passover at your house with his disciples.” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

the city

Quote: τὴν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the city refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

My time

Quote: ὁ καιρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

My time here could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus had arranged beforehand with the man to use a room in his house for the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “The time I arranged with you” (2) the time God had appointed for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “The time God appointed for me” (See: Metonymy)

the Passover

Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the same use of the Passover in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 26:19

the Passover

Quote: τὸ Πάσχα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the same use of the Passover in the 26:17. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 26:20

he was reclining to eat

Quote: ἀνέκειτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this phrase in 26:7. (See: Translate Unknowns)

the Twelve

Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated the Twelve in 26:14. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 26:21

Truly I say to you

Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 5:18.

Matthew 26:22

Surely not I, Lord

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

This could be: (1) a rhetorical question, which means that the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Surely not I, Lord!” (2) a sincere question, which means that Jesus’ statement troubled and confused them. Alternate translation: “Could it be me, Lord?” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Surely not I, Lord

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Lord” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 26:23

The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl

Quote: ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This refers to someone using his hand to dip a piece of bread into some sauce or liquid food that is in a dish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped bread with me into the sauce that is in the dish” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 26:24

The Son of Man departs just as it has been written about him. But woe to that man through whom the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

departs

Quote: ὑπάγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, depart is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be put to death” (See: Euphemism)

just as it has been written

Quote: καθὼς γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This phrase specifically refers to what the prophets wrote in the Hebrew Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: Active or Passive)

just as it has been written

Quote: καθὼς γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus assumes that his hearers will understand that by using it is written, he means that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is referring to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to that man through whom the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to that man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: Active or Passive)

that man had not been born

Quote: οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:25

Surely not I, Rabbi

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Judas is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to deny that he will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I, Rabbi!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Surely not I, Rabbi

Quote: μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

He says to him

Quote: λέγει αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

He here refers to Jesus and him refers to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Judas” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

You said {it

Quote: σὺ εἶπας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom that Jesus uses to give an affirmative answer to Judas’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is as you have said yourself” or “You are admitting it” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 26:26

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 26:26–56 is a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events that the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after,” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

bread

Quote: ἄρτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term bread refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The bread referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened bread that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: Translate Unknowns)

bread

Quote: ἄρτον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a flat loaf of unleavened bread” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

having blessed

Quote: εὐλογήσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean: (1) Jesus thanked God for providing the bread. Alternate translation: “having blessed God for it” (2) Jesus asked God to bless the bread. Alternate translation: “having asked God to bless it” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Take, eat

Quote: λάβετε, φάγετε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Take some of this bread and eat it” (See: Ellipsis)

This is my body

Quote: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in Mark 14:22. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 26:27

a cup

Quote: ποτήριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, cup refers to both the cup and the wine that was in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup of wine” (See: Metonymy)

having given thanks

Quote: εὐχαριστήσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Jesus thanked God for the wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:28

this

Quote: τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, this refers to the wine in the cup that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this wine” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

this is my blood of the covenant that is being poured out for many

Quote: τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in Mark 14:24. This phrase could be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “this wine represents my blood that establishes the covenant, and it is my blood that I will pour out for many” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine” (See: Metaphor)

this is my blood of the covenant that is being poured out for many

Quote: τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

The phrase of the introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his blood. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the new covenant. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “this is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship)

is being poured out

Quote: ἐκχυννόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be poured out when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out” (See: Active or Passive)

the forgiveness of sins

Quote: ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of forgiveness and sins, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “forgiving the sinful things people have done” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 26:29

certainly not

Quote: οὐ μὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

The phrase certainly not translates two negative words in Greek. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: Double Negatives)

fruit of the vine

Quote: τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom that refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: Idiom)

that day

Quote: τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here Jesus uses the term day to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: Idiom)

I drink it new with you

Quote: αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ’ ὑμῶν καινὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, new could refer to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in Luke 22:18 where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way with you” or “I drink it anew with you” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine with you” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the kingdom of my Father

Quote: τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” in 3:2. If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun kingdom, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule,” as in the UST. (See: Abstract Nouns)

of my Father

Quote: τοῦ Πατρός μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 26:30

having sung a hymn

Quote: ὑμνήσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A hymn is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the hymn that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a hymn, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 26:31

will be caused to stumble on me

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble because of me” (See: Active or Passive)

will be caused to stumble on me

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is speaking as if his disciples would literally stumble or fall down. He means that they will desert him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will leave me on account of what happens to me” (See: Metaphor)

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here Jesus uses the phrase it is written to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book (Zechariah 13:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

it is written

Quote: γέγραπται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. What follows is a quotation from Zechariah 13:7. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” (See: Active or Passive)

for it is written, I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered

Quote: γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered

Quote: πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is quoting a prophecy from Zechariah 13:7 in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a shepherd and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were sheep that belonged to his flock. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: Metaphor)

I will strike

Quote: πατάξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, I refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

I will strike

Quote: πατάξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, strike means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will kill” (See: Metonymy)

the sheep of the flock will be scattered

Quote: διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will run away” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:32

I am raised up

Quote: τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I become alive again” (See: Idiom)

I am raised up

Quote: τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” or “God brings me back to life” (See: Active or Passive)

I will go before you into Galilee

Quote: προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus implies that his disciples will meet him in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee and we will meet there” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:33

will be caused to stumble … will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble” (See: Active or Passive)

will be caused to stumble … will be caused to stumble

Quote: σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated stumble in 26:31. Alternate translation: “will leave you … will leave you” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 26:34

Truly I say to you

Quote: ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι (1)

See how you translated the similar phrase in 5:18.

before a rooster crows

Quote: πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. A rooster crows just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows as morning begins” (See: Metonymy)

before a rooster crows

Quote: πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: Translate Unknowns)

you will deny me three times

Quote: τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με (1)

Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me”

Matthew 26:35

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Matthew 26:36

called Gethsemane

Quote: λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:37

the two sons of Zebedee

Quote: τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase refers to the disciples James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:38

he says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

My soul is very grieved

Quote: περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, soul refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am deeply sorrowful” (See: Synecdoche)

unto death

Quote: ἕως θανάτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase to the point of death refers to feeling like one is about to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could die” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 26:39

he fell on his face

Quote: ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that Jesus did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: Idiom)

Father

Quote: Πάτερ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

let this cup pass away from me

Quote: παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Jesus is referring to the suffering he will soon experience as if it were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: Metaphor)

Yet, not as I will, but as you

Quote: πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yet, do not do what I want, but do what you want to do” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 26:40

he comes … finds … he says

Quote: ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

the disciples

Quote: τοὺς μαθητὰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the disciples refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

he says to Peter

Quote: λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up Peter before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter and says to him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

were you not able to be alert

Quote: οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Although Jesus is speaking to Peter, you here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able to stay alert” (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

So, were you not able to be alert with me for one hour

Quote: οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely should have been able to stay alert with me for one hour!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 26:41

you do not enter into temptation

Quote: μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of temptation, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: Abstract Nouns)

The spirit

Quote: τὸ & πνεῦμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: Metonymy)

is} willing

Quote: πρόθυμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: Ellipsis)

the flesh {is} weak

Quote: ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, flesh could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 below and therefore flesh would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your sinful human nature are weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 26:42

having gone away

Quote: ἀπελθὼν (1)

Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”

a second time

Quote: ἐκ δευτέρου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

My Father

Quote: Πάτερ μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

if this is not able to pass away unless I drink it

Quote: εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, this and it refer to the suffering that Jesus must endure, which he referred to as a “cup” of bitter-tasting liquid in 26:39. He speaks of this suffering as if it were a bitter liquid that he must drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “if this suffering is not able to pass away unless I endure it” (See: Metaphor)

let your will be done

Quote: γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:43

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, for indicates that what follows is the reason why the three disciples were sleeping. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”(See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

their eyes were weighed down

Quote: ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase their eyes were weighed down is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 26:44

a third time

Quote: ἐκ τρίτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 26:45

he comes … says

Quote: ἔρχεται & λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Are you still sleeping and resting

Quote: καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not still be sleeping and taking your rest!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Behold is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: Metaphor)

the hour

Quote: ἡ ὥρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Jesus is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the specific time” (See: Idiom)

the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: Active or Passive)

the Son of Man is handed over

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

into the hands of sinners

Quote: εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, hands refers to power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power of sinners” or “so that sinners will have power over him” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 26:46

Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew 26:47

he still speaking

Quote: ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: Metaphor)

of the Twelve

Quote: τῶν δώδεκα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

See how you translated the Twelve in 26:14. (See: Nominal Adjectives)

and with him a large crowd

Quote: καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and with him, there was a large crowd” (See: Ellipsis)

clubs

Quote: ξύλων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses for hitting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 26:48

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Now here is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: Background Information)

saying, “Whomever I kiss is he. Seize him

Quote: λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Whomever I kiss

Quote: ὃν ἂν φιλήσω (1)

Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”

Whomever I kiss

Quote: ὃν ἂν φιλήσω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the symbolic significance of a greeting **kiss ** in this culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “Whomever I give a friendly greeting” (See: Symbolic Action)

he

Quote: αὐτός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, him refers to Jesus, whom the crowd had come to arrest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one whom you want to arrest” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 26:49

having approached Jesus

Quote: προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)

Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”

he kissed him

Quote: κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated “kiss” in the previous verse. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 26:50

for what are you present

Quote: ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

they laid hands on

Quote: ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, laid hands on is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of” (See: Idiom)

they laid hands on Jesus and seized him

Quote: ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The phrases laid hands on and seized mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: Parallelism)

Matthew 26:51

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 26:52

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: Predictive Past)

the ones having taken a sword

Quote: οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies taking up a sword in order to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones having taken up a sword to kill people” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

will perish by a sword

Quote: ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Jesus implies that these people will perish by someone killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:53

Or do you think that I am not able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels

Quote: ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I am able to call upon my Father, and he will send me more than 12 legions of angels at once!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

do you think

Quote: δοκεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular because Jesus is speaking to the person with the sword. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Father

Quote: τὸν Πατέρα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

more than 12 legions of angels

Quote: πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means God would send a large number of angels and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than 12 very large groups of angels” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 26:54

How then

Quote: πῶς οὖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, then indicates that what follows is the result of the idea in the last verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

that it is necessary to happen in this way

Quote: ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way

Quote: πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled that say that this must happen!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

would the scriptures be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

the scriptures

Quote: αἱ Γραφαὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the scriptures refers to those parts of the Old Testament that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those scriptures about what will happen to the Messiah” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:55

hour

Quote: τῇ ὥρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Matthew is using the term hour to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “point in time” (See: Idiom)

As against a robber have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me

Quote: ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You did not need to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as you would against a robber!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

clubs

Quote: ξύλων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated clubs in 26:47. (See: Translate Unknowns)

the temple

Quote: τῷ ἱερῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Since only priests could enter the temple building, this refers to the temple courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 26:56

the writings of the prophets

Quote: αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the writings of the prophets refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled

Quote: πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill the writings of the prophets” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:57

led {him} away

Quote: ἀπήγαγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase they led him away means. Alternate translation: “took Jesus from where they had arrested him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to Caiaphas the high priest, where

Quote: πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, where implies that they brought Jesus to the place where Caiaphas lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiaphas the high priest, which is where” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

were gathered together

Quote: συνήχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had come together” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:58

But Peter was following him from a distance

Quote: ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Matthew provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now without getting to close, Peter followed Jesus” (See: Background Information)

And having entered inside

Quote: καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω (1)

Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”

Matthew 26:59

Now the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin

Quote: οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ Συνέδριον ὅλον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants

Now here indicates that Matthew is making the chief priests and the Sanhedrin the subject of this part of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants)

false testimony

Quote: ψευδομαρτυρίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: Abstract Nouns)

so that they might put him to death

Quote: ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” (See: Abstract Nouns)

they might put him to death

Quote: αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Sanhedrin to execute people, the Sanhedrin had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:60

they did not find {any}, many false witnesses having approached

Quote: οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that what the many false witnesses said was not sufficient to condemn Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “though many false witnesses came forward, they found none whose testimony was sufficient to condemn Jesus” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:61

This one said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild {it} in three days

Quote: οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

This one said

Quote: οὗτος ἔφη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew records these men saying This one as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “This so-and-so” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:63

I make you swear by the living God that you tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God

Quote: ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The high priest is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “I command you by the living God: tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God!” (See: Statements — Other Uses)

by the living God

Quote: κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase indicates that the high priest wants Jesus to swear solemnly with God as a witness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the living God as your witness” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the living God

Quote: τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this phrase in 16:16. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

us

Quote: ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us refers to the high priest and the rest of the Jewish council, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

the Son of God

Quote: ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 26:64

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

You said {it

Quote: σὺ εἶπας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this in 26:25. (See: Idiom)

But I say to you, from now you will see

Quote: πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural because Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other people who were present. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

from now

Quote: ἀπ’ ἄρτι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase from now on could be: (1) an idiom that refers to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “in the future” (2) from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward. Alternate translation: “hereafter” (See: Idiom)

the Son of Man

Quote: τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man,” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

of power

Quote: τῆς δυνάμεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the Power refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” (See: Metonymy)

sitting at the right hand of power

Quote: καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To sit at the right hand of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what sitting at the right hand of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the Power” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the Power” (See: Symbolic Action)

coming on the clouds of heaven

Quote: ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1)

Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”

Matthew 26:65

tore his robes

Quote: διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage” (See: Symbolic Action)

Why do we still have need of witnesses

Quote: τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The high priest is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not have need of any more witnesses!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Behold

Quote: ἴδε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The high priest uses the term Behold to get the Jewish council to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 26:66

He is deserving of death

Quote: ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 26:68

Prophesy to us

Quote: προφήτευσον ἡμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he was a real prophet and could Prophesy. When they demanded that Jesus Prophesy, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to Prophesy in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy, if you really are a prophet” (See: Irony)

Christ

Quote: Χριστέ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who claim to be the Christ” (See: Irony)

Matthew 26:69

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 26:69–75 is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Matthew 26:70

I do not know what you are saying

Quote: οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Peter used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus. This does not mean that Peter was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have no idea what you are talking about!” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 26:71

the gateway

Quote: τὸν πυλῶνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This gateway was an opening in the wall that went around the courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gateway of the courtyard” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Matthew 26:72

with an oath, “I do not know the man

Quote: μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase with an oath means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by swearing, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man” or “by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man’” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:73

from them

Quote: ἐξ αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from among his disciples” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, for indicates that what follows is the reason why these people thought Peter was one of Jesus’ disciples. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”(See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

your speech makes you evident

Quote: ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase implies that Peters speech had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way you speak makes it evident that you are from Galilee” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:74

to curse

Quote: καταθεματίζειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase to curse means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to swear, “I do not know the man

Quote: ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase to swear means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a rooster crowed

Quote: ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated rooster and “crow” in 26:34. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 26:75

that he had said: “Before a rooster crows you will deny me three times

Quote: εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had told him that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Before a rooster crows you will deny me three times

Quote: πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με (1)

See how you translated this statement in 26:34.

having gone outside

Quote: ἐξελθὼν ἔξω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27

Matthew 27 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

“The curtain of the temple was split in two”

The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.

The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried (27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Sarcasm

In 27:28–29 the soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “scarlet robe” on him, placed a “crown of thorns” on his head, said, “Hail, King of the Jews,” and knelt down in front of him. These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to honor a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by spitting on him and “striking him on his head” (see 27:30) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and mock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, laughingstock)

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Golgotha

The word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sound of this Aramaic word. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?

This is an Aramaic phrase. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

Matthew 27:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

so as to put him to death

Quote: ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

so as to

Quote: ὥστε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, so as to introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they could” (See: Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship)

put him to death

Quote: θανατῶσαι αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated death in 26:59. (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 27:2

having bound him

Quote: δήσαντες αὐτὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be bound but did not bind him themselves. It would have been their guards who actually bound Jesus and led him away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanding the guards to bind him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

they led {him} away

Quote: ἀπήγαγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities and their guards led him away” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

they led {him} away

Quote: ἀπήγαγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that they led Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

handed {him} over to Pilate

Quote: παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ (1)

Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”

Matthew 27:3

Then

Quote: τότε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Then here indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

that he was condemned

Quote: ὅτι κατεκρίθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders

Quote: τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase refers to the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus, as mentioned in 26:15. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those 30 pieces of silver that they had given to him earlier to the chief priests and elders” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:4

innocent blood

Quote: αἷμα ἀθῷον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, blood refers to the death of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: Metonymy)

What {is that} to us

Quote: τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

The Jewish leaders are not asking for information. They are using this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas has done. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

us

Quote: ἡμᾶς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so us would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

You will see

Quote: σὺ ὄψῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This sentence is an idiom that the Jewish leaders used to deny being responsible for what Judas had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use an equivalent idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “That is your responsibility” or “That is none of our business” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 27:5

having thrown the pieces of silver into the temple

Quote: ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This clause means that Judas threw the pieces of silver into the temple building itself, where only priests were allowed to go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having thrown the pieces of silver into the temple building” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:6

It is not lawful to put them into the treasury, because it is the price of blood

Quote: οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put this into the treasury” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

It is not lawful

Quote: οὐκ ἔξεστιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, lawful refers to being permitted according to Jewish religious laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our religious laws do not allow us” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

them

Quote: αὐτὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, this refers to the 30 pieces of silver that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this silver” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

the treasury

Quote: τὸν κορβανᾶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The treasury refers to the place in the temple where they kept the money given to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money that belongs to the temple” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the price of blood

Quote: τιμὴ αἵματός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The chief priests are using the possessive form to describe a price that is paid for blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood” (See: Possession)

of blood

Quote: αἵματός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, blood refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a man dying” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 27:7

them

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the 30 pieces of silver that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those pieces of silver” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

the field of the potter

Quote: τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “the Field of the Potter” (2) a field that had clay used by people who make pots. Alternate translation: “the field where people dug clay for making pots” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

for

Quote: εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, for introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could make it” (See: Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship)

for strangers

Quote: τοῖς ξένοις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, strangers refers to people who died in Jerusalem and did not live in the city. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:8

that field has been called

Quote: ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: Active or Passive)

to this day

Quote: ἕως τῆς σήμερον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, this day refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “up to the time when this book was written” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:9

was fulfilled {what} was spoken through Jeremiah the prophet

Quote: ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: Active or Passive)

was fulfilled {… saying

Quote: ἐπληρώθη & λέγοντος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here, saying introduces a paraphrase of some Old Testament verses (Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 13:5). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “was fulfilled. He had said in the Scriptures” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins)

And

Quote: καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks

From And here to the end of the next verse, Matthew is paraphrasing some Old Testament verses (Zechariah 11:12–13, Jeremiah 13:5). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: Quote Markings)

the price of the one having been priced, whom they from the sons of Israel priced

Quote: τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the sons of Israel set on him” (See: Active or Passive)

the sons of Israel

Quote: υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word sons means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “the people of Israel” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 27:10

and they gave them for the field of the potter, just as the Lord directed me

Quote: καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι Κύριος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks

This verse continues the paraphrase of Zechariah 11:12–13 and Jeremiah 13:5 that Matthew introduced in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of this verse or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: Quote Markings)

they gave them

Quote: ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to “the sons of Israel” and it refers to the “30 pieces of silver” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gave the pieces of silver” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

they gave them for

Quote: ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase means that the people bought the field with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with it they bought” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the field of the potter

Quote: τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this phrase in 27:7. (See: Possession)

Matthew 27:11

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)

Now here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in 27:2. If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here.

Jesus was stood

Quote: ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone made Jesus stand” (See: Active or Passive)

You say {it

Quote: σὺ λέγεις (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

You say so is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the similar phrase in 26:25. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 27:12

when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders

Quote: ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:13

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Do you not hear how many things they are testifying against you

Quote: οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Pilate is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to express how surprised he is that Jesus does not defend himself. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you hear everything they are bringing against you!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Do you not hear how many things they are testifying against you

Quote: οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Pilate implies that he expects Jesus to defend himself in response to the accusations made against him by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? You should answer!” or “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? Why don’t you answer them?” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:14

not even to one word

Quote: πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus did not say anything in response to what Pilate said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with even a single word” (2) Jesus did not respond to even one of the accusations that the Jewish leaders had made against him. In this case word would be translated as “charge.” Alternate translation: “with regard to even one charge” (See: Metonymy)

so as to amaze

Quote: ὥστε θαυμάζειν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, so as to introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 27:15

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Now here marks a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens in 27:17–26. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

the festival

Quote: ἑορτὴν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the festival refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in 26:5. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

to the crowd

Quote: τῷ ὄχλῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “to the group of people” (See: Collective Nouns)

Matthew 27:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Now is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew introduces more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: Background Information)

they were holding

Quote: εἶχον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

named

Quote: λεγόμενον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated named in 26:3. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:17

they being gathered together

Quote: συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated gathered together in 26:3. (See: Active or Passive)

the one called Christ

Quote: τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:18

For

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

For here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate asked the question in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Pilate asked this because” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

they handed him over

Quote: παρέδωκαν αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the chief priests and elders of the Jewish people, the first him refers to Jesus, and the second him refers to Pilate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and elders had handed Jesus over to Pilate” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

because of envy

Quote: διὰ φθόνον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of envy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 27:19

Now, he sitting

Quote: καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ (1)

Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”

the judgment seat

Quote: τοῦ βήματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The judgment seat was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of judgment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat used for judging people” (See: Abstract Nouns)

sent

Quote: ἀπέστειλεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, sent word means that Pilate’s wife sent a person to tell Pilate a message by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent someone to tell him a message” (See: Metonymy)

Nothing to you and to that righteous one

Quote: μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This sentence is an idiom that indicates that Pilates wife did not want Pilate to be involved with anything related to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Let there be nothing between you and that righteous one” (See: Idiom)

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

For here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate’s wife told him what she said in the previous sentence. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

Matthew 27:20

But

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Here, now is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the people chose Barabbas to be released. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

they would ask for Barabbas but would destroy Jesus

Quote: αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here Matthew implies that the crowds asked Pilate for Barabbas to be released from prison and for Roman soldiers to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate for Barabbas to be released from prison, but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:21

the two

Quote: τῶν δύο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

Matthew quotes Pilate using the adjective two* as a noun in order to refer to the two men, Jesus and Barabbas**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 27:22

says … They all say

Quote: λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

the one called Christ

Quote: τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated this phrase in 27:17. (See: Active or Passive)

Let him be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him” (See: Active or Passive)

Let him be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with a crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to have someone crucified. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him be nailed to a cross” or “Let him be executed!” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Let him be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Here, the phrase Let him be crucified is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him” (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

Matthew 27:23

For what evil did he do

Quote: τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν? (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

evil

Quote: κακὸν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil thing” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Let him be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθήτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:24

having seen that he is benefiting nothing, but, instead, a riot is happening

Quote: ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

These two clauses indicate the reason why Pilate did what is described in the rest of the verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he was accomplishing nothing, but instead a riot was starting” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

he is benefiting nothing, … a riot is happening

Quote: οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

washed his hands opposite the crowd

Quote: ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Pilate washed his hands as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: Symbolic Action)

the blood

Quote: τοῦ αἵματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Pilate uses blood to refer to a person’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: Metonymy)

You will see

Quote: ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar idiom in 27:4. (See: Idiom)

Matthew 27:25

His blood {be} on us and on our children

Quote: τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase be on us and on our children is an idiom that means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for what was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We and our children will be responsible for his blood” (See: Idiom)

blood

Quote: τὸ αἷμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the same use of blood in the previous verse. (See: Metonymy)

us … our

Quote: ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, us and our refer to the Jewish people, so us and our would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

children

Quote: τὰ τέκνα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, children refers to future descendants in general, not only to the children of the people who were speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “future generations” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 27:26

he released … he handed {him} over so that he might be crucified

Quote: ἀπέλυσεν & παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The first two occurrences of he refer to Pilate, but him and the third occurrence of he refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate released … Pilate handed Jesus over so that Jesus would be crucified” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

he released Barabbas … having flogged Jesus

Quote: ἀπέλυσεν & τὸν Βαραββᾶν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually release Barabbas or flog Jesus, but ordered his soldiers to do those things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded his soldiers to release Barabbas … having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

having flogged

Quote: φραγελλώσας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which someone had attached pieces of bone and metal” (See: Translate Unknowns)

he handed {him} over

Quote: παρέδωκεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers” (See: Ellipsis)

he might be crucified

Quote: σταυρωθῇ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they would crucify him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:27

the Praetorium

Quote: τὸ πραιτώριον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Praetorium was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the whole cohort

Quote: ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew assumes that his readers will know that a cohort was a unit of Roman soldiers. A cohort normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to as few as 200 men. Here, by saying the whole cohort, Matthew most likely means that all the soldiers from the cohort who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:28

And having stripped him

Quote: καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν (1)

Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”

they placed a scarlet cloak on him

Quote: χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Roman culture, a scarlet robe was worn by kings. The soldiers put a scarlet robe on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet robe on him in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

scarlet

Quote: κοκκίνην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word scarlet refers to a color. Since Mark records in Mark 15:17 that the color of this robe was “purple,” the color closely resembled both scarlet and “purple.” If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors, you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with. Alternate translation: “dark red” or “crimson” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 27:29

a crown of thorns

Quote: στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a crown that is made from branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns” (See: Possession)

thorns

Quote: ἀκανθῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Matthew uses the word thorns to refer to small branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thorny branches” (See: Synecdoche)

a crown of thorns, they put {it} on his head and a reed in his right hand

Quote: στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In Roman culture, a crown was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a crown made from thorns on Jesus’ head and put a reed in his right hand that resembled a king’s scepter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

having knelt down

Quote: γονυπετήσαντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

The act of kneeling down was normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of this action. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they have knelt down to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “having knelt down as if honoring a king” (See: Irony)

they mocked him, saying, “Rejoice, King of the Jews

Quote: ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Hail was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the King of the Jews. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that they mocked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they mocked him by saying, ‘Hail, you so-called King of the Jews’” (See: Irony)

Matthew 27:30

the reed

Quote: τὸν κάλαμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, *the reed refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the reed from his hand” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:32

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Now here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about Simon from Cyrene. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

coming out

Quote: ἐξερχόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

Your language may say “going out” rather than coming out in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. (See: Go and Come)

coming out

Quote: ἐξερχόμενοι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, coming out implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as they came out of the city” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

They pressed this one into service so that he would carry his cross

Quote: τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the Roman soldiers, he refers to Simon, and his refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 27:33

a place called Golgotha, which is called

Quote: τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha, which means” (See: Active or Passive)

Golgotha

Quote: Γολγοθᾶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

Here Matthew writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since Matthew translates the meaning later in the verse, you may write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. See the discussion of Golgotha in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

Matthew 27:34

wine mixed with gall to drink

Quote: πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall, to drink” (See: Active or Passive)

gall

Quote: χολῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, gall refers to a bitter tasting liquid that was a pain-relieving medicine. Mark specifically identifies this as liquid that came from the myrrh plant (Mark 15:23. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bitter, pain-relieving medicine”(See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:35

casting a lot

Quote: βάλλοντες κλῆρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term lots refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with lots, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “by gambling” (See: Translate Unknowns)

casting a lot

Quote: βάλλοντες κλῆρον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that the soldiers were casting lots in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by casting lots to decide who would take which ones” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:36

they were guarding him there

Quote: ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that the soldiers kept guard over Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent people from rescuing him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:37

his charge

Quote: τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the charge refers to the written explanation of the crime Jesus was accused of committing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a written explanation of the crime they were accusing him of doing” (See: Metonymy)

having been written

Quote: γεγραμμένην (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone had written” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:38

are being crucified

Quote: σταυροῦνται (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

Then two robbers are being crucified with him

Quote: τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with him” (See: Active or Passive)

one at his right and one at his left

Quote: εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων (1)

Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him”

Matthew 27:39

wagging their heads

Quote: κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The people’s action of shaking their heads at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by shaking their heads” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 27:40

The one destroying the temple and in three days rebuilding {it

Quote: ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

If you are the Son of God, also come down from the cross

Quote: εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The people did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the Son of God

Quote: υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 27:42

He saved others

Quote: ἄλλους ἔσωσεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus saved other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: Irony)

He saved others

Quote: ἄλλους ἔσωσεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. They did not think that Jesus saved them from sin or divine judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

He is the King of Israel! Let him come down

Quote: Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus is the King of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he really is the King of Israel, let him come down” (See: Irony)

He is the King of Israel! Let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe in him

Quote: Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The Jewish leaders are suggesting a hypothetical situation since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to come down from the cross. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the King of Israel. Then let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe that he is the King of Israel” (See: Connect — Hypothetical Conditions)

Matthew 27:43

He has trusted in God; let him deliver {him} now, if he wants him

Quote: πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony

Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus has trusted in God, that God would rescue him, or that God wants him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He claims to trust in God. So let God rescue him now, if he even wants him” or “If he really trusts in God and God really wants him, then let God rescue him now” (See: Irony)

For he said, ‘I am the Son of God

Quote: εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he said that he is the Son of God.” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

the Son of God

Quote: Θεοῦ & Υἱός (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 27:44

the robbers having being crucified with him

Quote: οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the robbers whom the soldiers were crucifying with him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:45

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

the sixth hour, … the ninth hour

Quote: ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If you decide to translate these phrases in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

the sixth hour

Quote: ἕκτης ὥρας (1)

In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “noon” or “12:00 PM”

darkness happened

Quote: σκότος ἐγένετο (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “it became dark” (See: Abstract Nouns)

the ninth hour

Quote: ὥρας ἐνάτης (1)

Matthew 27:46

the ninth hour

Quote: τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν (1)

See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.

cried out with a loud voice

Quote: ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: Idiom)

Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani

Quote: Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

This sentence is what Jesus cried out in the Jewish Aramaic language. Jesus is quoting from Psalm 22:1. See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

Matthew 27:47

having heard {it}, were saying

Quote: ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having heard it, misunderstood and said” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:48

with vinegar

Quote: ὄξους (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, sour wine refers to the inexpensive wine that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this sour wine was acting kindly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how sour wine is translated in Mark 15:36 and John 19:29. Alternate translation: “with common wine” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a sponge

Quote: σπόγγον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A sponge is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the sponge is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. See how sponge is translated in Mark 15:36 and John 19:29. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 27:50

having cried out again with a loud voice

Quote: πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated cried out with a loud voice in 27:46. (See: Idiom)

released his spirit

Quote: ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This clause is an idiom that means “willingly died.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how a similar phrase is translated in John 19:30. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 27:51

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to the surprising event that he describes next in the story. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use here. (See: Metaphor)

the curtain of the temple was split in two from top to bottom

Quote: τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: Symbolic Action)

was split … the earth was shaken, and the rocks were split

Quote: ἐσχίσθη & ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God tore … God shook the earth, and God split the rocks apart” (See: Active or Passive)

the curtain of the temple

Quote: τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:52

And the tombs were opened, and many bodies

Quote: καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs, and he raised many of the bodies” (See: Active or Passive)

having fallen asleep

Quote: κεκοιμημένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, fallen asleep refers to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who had passed away” or “who had died” (See: Euphemism)

were raised

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, raised is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were caused to live again” or “were made alive again” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 27:53

having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city

Quote: ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν (1)

This could mean: (1) the saints came out from the tombs before Jesus came back to life, but did not enter into the holy city until after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, after his resurrection they entered into the holy city” (2) the saints came out from the tombs after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city”

Matthew 27:54

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened right after the events told in 27:50–51. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

the ones with him guarding Jesus

Quote: οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

having seen the earthquake and the things having happened

Quote: ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that the soldiers felt the earthquake and saw the things that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

a Son of God

Quote: Θεοῦ Υἱὸς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Son of God is an important title for Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 27:55

serving him

Quote: διακονοῦσαι αὐτῷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

This phrase indicates the purpose for the women following Jesus from Galilee. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of serving him” (See: Connect — Goal (Purpose) Relationship)

Matthew 27:56

Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joseph

Quote: Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσὴφ μήτηρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Because Mary was a very common name at this time and because Matthew refers to two different women with the name Mary in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which Mary he is referring to in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Mary, who came from Magdala, and another Mary, who was the mother of James and Joseph” (See: Background Information)

of James … Joseph

Quote: Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

James and Joseph were common names for men at this time. (See: How to Translate Names)

of the sons of Zebedee

Quote: τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar phrase in 26:37. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:57

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 27:57–61 is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Arimathea

Quote: Ἁριμαθαίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Arimathea is the name of a city in Israel. (See: How to Translate Names)

who also himself was discipled by Jesus

Quote: ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had discipled as well” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:58

asked for the body of Jesus

Quote: ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The reason that Joseph asked Pilate for the body of Jesus was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Then Pilate commanded {it} to be given {to him

Quote: τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give it to him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:59

Joseph, having taken the body, wrapped it

Quote: λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα, ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped Joseph take Jesus’ body and prepare it for the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, having taken the body, wrapped it” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

wrapped it in a clean linen cloth

Quote: ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial” (See: Translate Unknowns)

in a clean linen cloth

Quote: σινδόνι καθαρᾷ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term linen cloth refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with linen, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 27:60

which he had cut in the rock

Quote: ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that Joseph had hired workers to cut the tomb into the rock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he had had workers cut into the rock” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

put it … having rolled a large stone against

Quote: ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ & προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped Joseph when he laid Jesus’ body in the tomb and rolled a large stone over the entrance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him laid it … they rolled a large stone against” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:61

opposite the tomb

Quote: ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου (1)

Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”

Matthew 27:62

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 27:62–66 is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After those things happened,” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

the next day, which is after the Day of Preparation

Quote: τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the Preparation refers to the day before the Sabbath on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. Therefore, the next day here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

were gathered together

Quote: συνήχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated gathered together in 26:3. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:63

that deceiver … still living

Quote: ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος & ἔτι ζῶν (1)

Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”

said, … After three days I am being raised up

Quote: εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that after three days he would be raised up” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

After three days

Quote: μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Jesus was referring to three days after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After three days of being dead” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

I am being raised up

Quote: ἐγείρομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up” (See: Predictive Past)

I am being raised up

Quote: ἐγείρομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will raise me up” (See: Active or Passive)

I am being raised up

Quote: ἐγείρομαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, raised up is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated raised up in 20:19. (See: Idiom)

Matthew 27:64

command

Quote: κέλευσον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative

Here, command is an imperative, but since the Jewish leaders cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “we want you to command” (See: Imperatives — Other Uses)

the tomb to be secured

Quote: ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers to make the tomb secure” (See: Active or Passive)

the third day

Quote: τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go

Your language may say “gone” rather than come in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone” (See: Go and Come)

having come

Quote: ἐλθόντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ disciples might come to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

say to the people, ‘He has been raised up from the dead,’ and

Quote: εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

He has been raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated raised up in the previous verse. (See: Idiom)

from the dead

Quote: ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the phrase translated the dead ones refers to dead people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: Idiom)

the last deception

Quote: ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deception, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time they deceive people” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 27:65

a guard

Quote: κουστωδίαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

The word guard here is a singular noun that refers to a group of soldiers. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of guards” (See: Collective Nouns)

Matthew 27:66

having sealed the stone

Quote: σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means that a seal was put on the stone that covered the entrance of Jesus’ tomb. The seal would break if someone moved the stone, thus indicating that the stone was moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that was against the entrance of the tomb” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the guard

Quote: τῆς κουστωδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

See how you translated the same use of guard in the previous verse. (See: Collective Nouns)

Matthew 28

Matthew 28 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried (28:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. (See: grave, gravediggers, tomb, burial place)

“Make disciples”

The last two verses (28:19–20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them, and training them to live according to what Jesus commanded. (See: disciple)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

An angel of the Lord

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing appearing to the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked like male humans. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1–2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)

Matthew 28:1

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened soon after the time of the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Now after the Sabbath, at the dawning on the first of the week

Quote: ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων (1)

Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on the first day of the week”

on the first of the week

Quote: εἰς μίαν σαββάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew uses first to imply the first day of the week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the first of the week

Quote: μίαν σαββάτων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here Matthew is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” in the original language to mean first. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

the other Mary

Quote: ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This Mary is the mother of James and Joseph, as stated in 27:56. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the other Mary in 27:61 (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 28:2

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the sudden” (See: Metaphor)

for

Quote: γὰρ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, for indicates that what follows is the reason why the earthquake happened. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: Connect — Reason-and-Result Relationship)

rolled away the stone

Quote: ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This clause implies that the angel rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance to the tomb in which Jesus’ body had been placed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance of the tomb” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 28:3

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

Now here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about an angel at Jesus’ tomb. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: Background Information)

was like lightning

Quote: ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The point of this comparison is that the appearance of the angel was very bright, as lightning is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was extremely bright, like lightning” (See: Simile)

his clothing white as snow

Quote: τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Matthew is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: Ellipsis)

white as snow

Quote: λευκὸν ὡς χιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The point of this comparison is that the clothing of the angel was pure white, as snow is pure white. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was pure white, like snow” (See: Simile)

white as snow

Quote: λευκὸν ὡς χιών (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Matthew is comparing the angel’s clothing to snow because snow is a very white substance. If your readers would not be familiar with snow, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “very, very white” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 28:4

the ones guarding were shaken from the fear of him

Quote: ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the guards’ fear of him caused them to shake” (See: Active or Passive)

became as dead

Quote: ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

Matthew compares the guards to dead men because dead men lie on the ground and do no move. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still” (See: Simile)

Matthew 28:5

to the women

Quote: ταῖς γυναιξίν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the women refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the one having been crucified

Quote: τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people have crucified” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 28:6

he was raised up

Quote: ἠγέρθη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 27:64. (See: Idiom)

Matthew 28:7

having gone quickly

Quote: ταχὺ πορευθεῖσαι (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Here the angel is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command, as in the UST. (See: Statements — Other Uses)

say to his disciples, ‘He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going before you to Galilee. There you will see him

Quote: εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead ones. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

He has been raised up from the dead

Quote: ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this sentence in 27:64. (See: Idiom)

behold, … Behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The angel uses behold twice in this verse because he wants the disciples to focus their attention on what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention … Pay attention to what” (See: Metaphor)

you … you will see … to you

Quote: ὑμᾶς & ὄψεσθε & ὑμῖν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

All occurrences of you are plural in this verse and refer to the disciples. You may need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: Forms of ‘You’ — Singular)

Matthew 28:8

they ran

Quote: ἔδραμον (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in 28:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary ran” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 28:9

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. See how you translated the same use of behold in 28:2. (See: Metaphor)

seized his feet

Quote: ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, Matthew implies that the two women knelt down on the ground when they took hold of his feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 28:10

says

Quote: λέγει (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture

to my brothers

Quote: τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus refers to his disciples as if they were all brothers in his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my disciples” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 28:11

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 28:11–15 is a new event that happened during the time of the events the story has just related in 28:9–10. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At the time” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

they

Quote: αὐτῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated they in 28:8. (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

behold

Quote: ἰδού (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Matthew uses the term behold here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: Metaphor)

of the guard

Quote: τῆς κουστωδίας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the guards refers to the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guards who had been at the tomb” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the city

Quote: τὴν πόλιν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew 28:12

having been gathered together

Quote: συναχθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated gathered together in 26:3. (See: Active or Passive)

they gave

Quote: ἔδωκαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the chief priests mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests gave” (See: Pronouns — When to Use Them)

Matthew 28:13

Say, ‘His disciples, having come at night, stole him, we sleeping

Quote: εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come by night, stole him while we are sleeping” (See: Quotes within Quotes)

we

Quote: ἡμῶν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, we refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 28:14

this is heard by the governor

Quote: ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this report” (See: Active or Passive)

the governor

Quote: τοῦ ἡγεμόνος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the governor refers to Pilate, as indicated in 27:2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

we

Quote: ἡμεῖς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive

Here, we refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so we would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

will persuade

Quote: πείσομεν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will persuade the governor not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 28:15

did as they were taught

Quote: ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: Active or Passive)

today

Quote: τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, today refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when this book was written” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 28:16

Now

Quote: δὲ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

Now here indicates that what follows in 28:16–20 is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Matthew 28:17

they doubted

Quote: οἱ & ἐδίστασαν (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Matthew implies that some of the disciples doubted that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the disciples doubted that it was Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 28:18

All authority was given to me

Quote: ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: Active or Passive)

All authority was given to me

Quote: ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been authorized to rule” (See: Abstract Nouns)

in heaven and on the earth

Quote: ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

Here, heaven and earth are used together to refer to everyone and everything everywhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over everything everywhere” (See: Merism)

Matthew 28:19

Having gone

Quote: πορευθέντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

In this clause Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: Statements — Other Uses)

all the nations

Quote: πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, nations refers to people who live in all the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of people in all the nations” (See: Metonymy)

disciple all the nations

Quote: μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase make disciples implies telling people the gospel message so that they can believe it and become Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “preach the gospel to people of all the nations so that they will become Jesus’ disciples” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

the name

Quote: τὸ ὄνομα (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, name represents the authority of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority” (See: Metonymy)

into the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit

Quote: εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here in name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit could mean: (1) by being baptized, the disciples of all the nations would be acknowledging God’s authority over their lives. Alternate translation: “to express their allegiance to the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (2) the name is the authority by which disciples are baptized. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

of the Father, … of the Son

Quote: τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples

Father and Son are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 28:20

teaching

Quote: διδάσκοντες (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: Statements — Other Uses)

behold

Quote: ἰδοὺ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here Jesus uses behold to emphasize the truth of what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “truly” (See: Metaphor)

all the days

Quote: πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας (1)

Alternate translation: “all the time”

until the end of the age

Quote: ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος (1)

Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”

open-licensed biblical content

Matthew

Matthew front

Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the book of Matthew

What is the book of Matthew about?

How should the title of this book be translated?

Who wrote the book of Matthew?

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What is the “kingdom of heaven?”

What were the teaching methods of Jesus?

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the Synoptic Gospels?

Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?

Matthew 1

Matthew 1 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Indentation

Genealogy

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Use of the passive voice

Matthew 1:1

of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham

Matthew 1:3

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Matthew 1:5

Rahab, … Ruth

Matthew 1:11

the Babylonian deportation

Matthew 1:12

after the Babylonian deportation

Matthew 1:16

of Mary, by whom Jesus was born

of Mary

the one called Christ

Matthew 1:17

the Babylonian deportation

Matthew 1:18

Now the birth of Jesus Christ was thus

His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph

before they came together

was found having in the womb

was found having in the womb

from the Holy Spirit

Matthew 1:19

Now Joseph her husband, being righteous, and not wanting to publicly disgrace her, intended to divorce her secretly

Matthew 1:20

But he having reflected on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared to him by way of a dream

son of David

the one having been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit

Matthew 1:21

for he will save his people from their sins

Matthew 1:22

what} was spoken by the Lord through the prophet

the prophet

saying

Matthew 1:23

Immanuel

Behold

which is translated, “God with us

Matthew 1:24

did as the angel of the Lord commanded him and took her {as} his wife

Connecting Statement:

Matthew 1:25

he did not know her

Matthew 2

Matthew 2 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“Learned men”

Matthew 2:1

Now, Jesus having been born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem

of Herod

learned men from the east

Matthew 2:2

For we saw his star in the east and came to worship him

his star

to worship